2001-09-28 20:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// vim:cindent:ts=2:et:sw=2:
|
2012-05-21 11:12:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
2006-03-30 05:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* utility functions for drawing borders and backgrounds */
|
|
|
|
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
|
2004-07-31 23:15:21 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsIFrame.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsPoint.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsRect.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIViewManager.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
|
2004-09-02 03:08:51 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
|
2003-02-22 00:32:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleContext.h"
|
2007-01-30 00:06:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
|
1999-08-27 14:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsTransform2D.h"
|
2000-03-30 06:27:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsIContent.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDocument.h"
|
2000-06-07 23:06:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
|
2001-08-09 20:22:39 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
|
2001-10-24 00:01:09 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSRendering.h"
|
2002-09-12 04:43:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSColorUtils.h"
|
2001-12-17 22:51:39 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsITheme.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
|
2003-02-23 02:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
2003-10-15 02:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsBlockFrame.h"
|
2006-04-21 17:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "gfxContext.h"
|
2012-03-20 12:15:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "gfxPlatform.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "gfxImageSurface.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSFrameConstructor.h"
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsSVGEffects.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsSVGIntegrationUtils.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "gfxDrawable.h"
|
2012-04-16 18:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "sampler.h"
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSRenderingBorders.h"
|
2012-08-13 22:04:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/css/ImageLoader.h"
|
2012-08-19 19:33:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "ImageContainer.h"
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/HashFunctions.h"
|
2012-08-27 04:12:36 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/Telemetry.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <ctime>
|
1999-04-19 05:27:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
using namespace mozilla;
|
2012-08-13 22:04:19 +00:00
|
|
|
using namespace mozilla::css;
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// To avoid storing this data on nsInlineFrame (bloat) and to avoid
|
|
|
|
// recalculating this for each frame in a continuation (perf), hold
|
|
|
|
// a cache of various coordinate information that we need in order
|
|
|
|
// to paint inline backgrounds.
|
|
|
|
struct InlineBackgroundData
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
InlineBackgroundData()
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
: mFrame(nullptr), mBlockFrame(nullptr)
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
~InlineBackgroundData()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Reset()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
mBoundingBox.SetRect(0,0,0,0);
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
mContinuationPoint = mLineContinuationPoint = mUnbrokenWidth = 0;
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
mFrame = mBlockFrame = nullptr;
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRect GetContinuousRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SetFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord x;
|
|
|
|
if (mBidiEnabled) {
|
|
|
|
x = mLineContinuationPoint;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Scan continuations on the same line as aFrame and accumulate the widths
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
// of frames that are to the left (if this is an LTR block) or right
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
// (if it's RTL) of the current one.
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool isRtlBlock = (mBlockFrame->GetStyleVisibility()->mDirection ==
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord curOffset = aFrame->GetOffsetTo(mBlockFrame).x;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// No need to use our GetPrevContinuation/GetNextContinuation methods
|
|
|
|
// here, since ib special siblings are certainly not on the same line.
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* inlineFrame = aFrame->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
|
|
// If the continuation is fluid we know inlineFrame is not on the same line.
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// If it's not fluid, we need to test further to be sure.
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while (inlineFrame && !inlineFrame->GetNextInFlow() &&
|
|
|
|
AreOnSameLine(aFrame, inlineFrame)) {
|
|
|
|
nscoord frameXOffset = inlineFrame->GetOffsetTo(mBlockFrame).x;
|
|
|
|
if(isRtlBlock == (frameXOffset >= curOffset)) {
|
|
|
|
x += inlineFrame->GetSize().width;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inlineFrame = inlineFrame->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inlineFrame = aFrame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|
|
|
while (inlineFrame && !inlineFrame->GetPrevInFlow() &&
|
|
|
|
AreOnSameLine(aFrame, inlineFrame)) {
|
|
|
|
nscoord frameXOffset = inlineFrame->GetOffsetTo(mBlockFrame).x;
|
|
|
|
if(isRtlBlock == (frameXOffset >= curOffset)) {
|
|
|
|
x += inlineFrame->GetSize().width;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inlineFrame = inlineFrame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isRtlBlock) {
|
|
|
|
// aFrame itself is also to the right of its left edge, so add its width.
|
|
|
|
x += aFrame->GetSize().width;
|
|
|
|
// x is now the distance from the left edge of aFrame to the right edge
|
|
|
|
// of the unbroken content. Change it to indicate the distance from the
|
|
|
|
// left edge of the unbroken content to the left edge of aFrame.
|
|
|
|
x = mUnbrokenWidth - x;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
x = mContinuationPoint;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// Assume background-origin: border and return a rect with offsets
|
|
|
|
// relative to (0,0). If we have a different background-origin,
|
|
|
|
// then our rect should be deflated appropriately by our caller.
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return nsRect(-x, 0, mUnbrokenWidth, mFrame->GetSize().height);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRect GetBoundingRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SetFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Move the offsets relative to (0,0) which puts the bounding box into
|
|
|
|
// our coordinate system rather than our parent's. We do this by
|
|
|
|
// moving it the back distance from us to the bounding box.
|
|
|
|
// This also assumes background-origin: border, so our caller will
|
|
|
|
// need to deflate us if needed.
|
|
|
|
nsRect boundingBox(mBoundingBox);
|
2003-07-05 15:04:34 +00:00
|
|
|
nsPoint point = mFrame->GetPosition();
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
boundingBox.MoveBy(-point.x, -point.y);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return boundingBox;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* mFrame;
|
2009-05-13 08:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBlockFrame* mBlockFrame;
|
|
|
|
nsRect mBoundingBox;
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord mContinuationPoint;
|
|
|
|
nscoord mUnbrokenWidth;
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord mLineContinuationPoint;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool mBidiEnabled;
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void SetFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Need a frame");
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame *prevContinuation = GetPrevContinuation(aFrame);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-01-09 19:19:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!prevContinuation || mFrame != prevContinuation) {
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// Ok, we've got the wrong frame. We have to start from scratch.
|
|
|
|
Reset();
|
|
|
|
Init(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Get our last frame's size and add its width to our continuation
|
|
|
|
// point before we cache the new frame.
|
2003-07-05 15:04:34 +00:00
|
|
|
mContinuationPoint += mFrame->GetSize().width;
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
// If this a new line, update mLineContinuationPoint.
|
|
|
|
if (mBidiEnabled &&
|
|
|
|
(aFrame->GetPrevInFlow() || !AreOnSameLine(mFrame, aFrame))) {
|
|
|
|
mLineContinuationPoint = mContinuationPoint;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
mFrame = aFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* GetPrevContinuation(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* prevCont = aFrame->GetPrevContinuation();
|
2009-04-14 20:53:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!prevCont && (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL)) {
|
2010-03-29 01:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* block = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
|
|
(aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling()));
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (block) {
|
|
|
|
// The {ib} properties are only stored on first continuations
|
2009-09-18 18:00:20 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!block->GetPrevContinuation(),
|
|
|
|
"Incorrect value for IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling");
|
2010-03-29 01:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
prevCont = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
|
|
(block->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling()));
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(prevCont, "How did that happen?");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return prevCont;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* GetNextContinuation(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nextCont = aFrame->GetNextContinuation();
|
2009-04-14 20:53:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!nextCont && (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL)) {
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// The {ib} properties are only stored on first continuations
|
|
|
|
aFrame = aFrame->GetFirstContinuation();
|
2010-03-29 01:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* block = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
|
|
(aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialSibling()));
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (block) {
|
2010-03-29 01:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
nextCont = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
|
|
(block->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialSibling()));
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nextCont, "How did that happen?");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nextCont;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void Init(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// Start with the previous flow frame as our continuation point
|
|
|
|
// is the total of the widths of the previous frames.
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* inlineFrame = GetPrevContinuation(aFrame);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (inlineFrame) {
|
2003-07-05 15:04:34 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect rect = inlineFrame->GetRect();
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
mContinuationPoint += rect.width;
|
|
|
|
mUnbrokenWidth += rect.width;
|
|
|
|
mBoundingBox.UnionRect(mBoundingBox, rect);
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
inlineFrame = GetPrevContinuation(inlineFrame);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Next add this frame and subsequent frames to the bounding box and
|
|
|
|
// unbroken width.
|
|
|
|
inlineFrame = aFrame;
|
|
|
|
while (inlineFrame) {
|
2003-07-05 15:04:34 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect rect = inlineFrame->GetRect();
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
mUnbrokenWidth += rect.width;
|
|
|
|
mBoundingBox.UnionRect(mBoundingBox, rect);
|
2009-03-06 20:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
inlineFrame = GetNextContinuation(inlineFrame);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mFrame = aFrame;
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mBidiEnabled = aFrame->PresContext()->BidiEnabled();
|
|
|
|
if (mBidiEnabled) {
|
|
|
|
// Find the containing block frame
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = aFrame;
|
2009-01-12 19:20:59 +00:00
|
|
|
do {
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
2009-01-12 19:20:59 +00:00
|
|
|
mBlockFrame = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-01-12 19:20:59 +00:00
|
|
|
while (frame && frame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mBlockFrame, "Cannot find containing block.");
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mLineContinuationPoint = mContinuationPoint;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool AreOnSameLine(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2) {
|
|
|
|
bool isValid1, isValid2;
|
2008-02-27 10:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBlockInFlowLineIterator it1(mBlockFrame, aFrame1, &isValid1);
|
|
|
|
nsBlockInFlowLineIterator it2(mBlockFrame, aFrame2, &isValid2);
|
2011-06-26 16:48:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return isValid1 && isValid2 &&
|
|
|
|
// Make sure aFrame1 and aFrame2 are in the same continuation of
|
|
|
|
// mBlockFrame.
|
|
|
|
it1.GetContainer() == it2.GetContainer() &&
|
|
|
|
// And on the same line in it
|
|
|
|
it1.GetLine() == it2.GetLine();
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
struct GradientCacheKey : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
|
|
|
|
typedef const GradientCacheKey& KeyType;
|
|
|
|
typedef const GradientCacheKey* KeyTypePointer;
|
|
|
|
enum { ALLOW_MEMMOVE = true };
|
|
|
|
const nsRefPtr<nsStyleGradient> mGradient;
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize mGradientSize;
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
enum { SINGLE_CELL = 0x01 };
|
|
|
|
const uint32_t mFlags;
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
GradientCacheKey(nsStyleGradient* aGradient, const gfxSize& aGradientSize,
|
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
|
|
: mGradient(aGradient), mGradientSize(aGradientSize), mFlags(aFlags)
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GradientCacheKey(const GradientCacheKey* aOther)
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
: mGradient(aOther->mGradient), mGradientSize(aOther->mGradientSize),
|
|
|
|
mFlags(aOther->mFlags)
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static PLDHashNumber
|
|
|
|
HashKey(const KeyTypePointer aKey)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLDHashNumber hash = 0;
|
|
|
|
hash = AddToHash(hash, aKey->mGradientSize.width);
|
|
|
|
hash = AddToHash(hash, aKey->mGradientSize.height);
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
hash = AddToHash(hash, aKey->mFlags);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
hash = aKey->mGradient->Hash(hash);
|
|
|
|
return hash;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool KeyEquals(KeyTypePointer aKey) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (*aKey->mGradient == *mGradient) &&
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
(aKey->mGradientSize == mGradientSize) &&
|
|
|
|
(aKey->mFlags == mFlags);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static KeyTypePointer KeyToPointer(KeyType aKey)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return &aKey;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* This class is what is cached. It need to be allocated in an object separated
|
|
|
|
* to the cache entry to be able to be tracked by the nsExpirationTracker.
|
|
|
|
* */
|
|
|
|
struct GradientCacheData {
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
GradientCacheData(gfxPattern* aPattern, bool aCoversTile,
|
|
|
|
const GradientCacheKey& aKey)
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
: mPattern(aPattern), mCoversTile(aCoversTile), mKey(aKey)
|
|
|
|
{}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GradientCacheData(const GradientCacheData& aOther)
|
|
|
|
: mPattern(aOther.mPattern),
|
|
|
|
mCoversTile(aOther.mCoversTile),
|
|
|
|
mKey(aOther.mKey)
|
|
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsExpirationState *GetExpirationState() {
|
|
|
|
return &mExpirationState;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsExpirationState mExpirationState;
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<gfxPattern> mPattern;
|
|
|
|
bool mCoversTile;
|
|
|
|
GradientCacheKey mKey;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* This class implements a cache with no maximum size, that retains the
|
|
|
|
* gfxPatterns used to draw the gradients.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The key is the nsStyleGradient that defines the gradient, and the size of the
|
|
|
|
* gradient.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The value is the gfxPattern, and whether or not we perform an optimization
|
|
|
|
* based on the actual gradient property.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* An entry stays in the cache as long as it is used often. As long as a cache
|
|
|
|
* entry is in the cache, all the references it has are guaranteed to be valid:
|
|
|
|
* the nsStyleRect for the key, the gfxPattern for the value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
class GradientCache MOZ_FINAL : public nsExpirationTracker<GradientCacheData,4>
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
GradientCache()
|
|
|
|
: nsExpirationTracker<GradientCacheData, 4>(MAX_GENERATION_MS)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
mHashEntries.Init();
|
2012-08-27 04:12:36 +00:00
|
|
|
srand(time(nullptr));
|
|
|
|
mTimerPeriod = rand() % MAX_GENERATION_MS + 1;
|
|
|
|
Telemetry::Accumulate(Telemetry::GRADIENT_RETENTION_TIME, mTimerPeriod);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void NotifyExpired(GradientCacheData* aObject)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// This will free the gfxPattern.
|
|
|
|
RemoveObject(aObject);
|
|
|
|
mHashEntries.Remove(aObject->mKey);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
GradientCacheData* Lookup(nsStyleGradient* aKey, const gfxSize& aGradientSize,
|
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// We don't cache gradient that have Calc value, because the Calc object
|
|
|
|
// can be deallocated by the time we want to compute the hash, and thus we
|
|
|
|
// would have a dangling pointer in some nsStyleCoord in the
|
|
|
|
// nsStyleGradient that are in the hash table.
|
|
|
|
if (aKey->HasCalc()) {
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
GradientCacheData* gradient =
|
|
|
|
mHashEntries.Get(GradientCacheKey(aKey, aGradientSize, aFlags));
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (gradient) {
|
|
|
|
MarkUsed(gradient);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return gradient;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if we successfully register the gradient in the cache, false
|
|
|
|
// otherwise.
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
bool RegisterEntry(GradientCacheData* aValue)
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// We don't cache gradient that have Calc values (see
|
|
|
|
// GradientCache::Lookup).
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aValue->mKey.mGradient->HasCalc()) {
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = AddObject(aValue);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
|
|
// We are OOM, and we cannot track this object. We don't want stall
|
|
|
|
// entries in the hash table (since the expiration tracker is responsible
|
|
|
|
// for removing the cache entries), so we avoid putting that entry in the
|
|
|
|
// table, which is a good things considering we are short on memory
|
|
|
|
// anyway, we probably don't want to retain things.
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
mHashEntries.Put(aValue->mKey, aValue);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
2012-08-27 04:12:36 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t mTimerPeriod;
|
|
|
|
static const uint32_t MAX_GENERATION_MS = 10000;
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* FIXME use nsTHashtable to avoid duplicating the GradientCacheKey.
|
|
|
|
* https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=761393#c47
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
nsClassHashtable<GradientCacheKey, GradientCacheData> mHashEntries;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Local functions */
|
|
|
|
static void DrawBorderImage(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder& aStyleBorder,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect);
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
static void DrawBorderImageComponent(nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2009-04-05 09:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
Bug 753 - Remove nsIImage, gfxIImageFrame, and their implementations, and expose an equivalent api on imgIContainer. r=roc,josh,bz,longsonr,vlad,karlt,jimm,bsmedberg,mfinkle,peterw,peterv sr=vlad,roc
--HG--
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.cpp => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.cpp
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.h => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.h
2009-07-21 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
|
|
const nsIntRect& aSrc,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aHFill,
|
|
|
|
uint8_t aVFill,
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsSize& aUnitSize,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder& aStyleBorder,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aIndex);
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
static nscolor MakeBevelColor(mozilla::css::Side whichSide, uint8_t style,
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor aBackgroundColor,
|
|
|
|
nscolor aBorderColor);
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
static InlineBackgroundData* gInlineBGData = nullptr;
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static GradientCache* gGradientCache = nullptr;
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-03-14 19:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
// Initialize any static variables used by nsCSSRendering.
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
void nsCSSRendering::Init()
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-03-14 19:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!gInlineBGData, "Init called twice");
|
|
|
|
gInlineBGData = new InlineBackgroundData();
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
gGradientCache = new GradientCache();
|
2007-03-14 19:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Clean up any global variables used by nsCSSRendering.
|
|
|
|
void nsCSSRendering::Shutdown()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
delete gInlineBGData;
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
gInlineBGData = nullptr;
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
delete gGradientCache;
|
|
|
|
gGradientCache = nullptr;
|
2007-03-14 19:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* Make a bevel color
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static nscolor
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
MakeBevelColor(mozilla::css::Side whichSide, uint8_t style,
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor aBackgroundColor, nscolor aBorderColor)
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
1998-05-26 20:52:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nscolor colors[2];
|
|
|
|
nscolor theColor;
|
|
|
|
|
1999-03-05 19:23:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// Given a background color and a border color
|
|
|
|
// calculate the color used for the shading
|
2007-02-01 02:45:55 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_GetSpecial3DColors(colors, aBackgroundColor, aBorderColor);
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-01 02:45:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((style == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET) ||
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
(style == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE)) {
|
2007-02-01 02:45:55 +00:00
|
|
|
// Flip colors for these two border styles
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (whichSide) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_BOTTOM: whichSide = NS_SIDE_TOP; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_RIGHT: whichSide = NS_SIDE_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_TOP: whichSide = NS_SIDE_BOTTOM; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_LEFT: whichSide = NS_SIDE_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (whichSide) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
1998-05-26 20:52:59 +00:00
|
|
|
theColor = colors[1];
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_RIGHT:
|
1998-05-26 20:52:59 +00:00
|
|
|
theColor = colors[1];
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_TOP:
|
1998-05-26 20:52:59 +00:00
|
|
|
theColor = colors[0];
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_LEFT:
|
1999-04-13 21:52:19 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
1998-05-26 20:52:59 +00:00
|
|
|
theColor = colors[0];
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return theColor;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// Thebes Border Rendering Code Start
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
* Compute the float-pixel radii that should be used for drawing
|
|
|
|
* this border/outline, given the various input bits.
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::ComputePixelRadii(const nscoord *aAppUnitsRadii,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes *oBorderRadii)
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-10-01 05:50:52 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat radii[8];
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner)
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
radii[corner] = gfxFloat(aAppUnitsRadii[corner]) / aAppUnitsPerPixel;
|
2008-10-01 05:50:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*oBorderRadii)[C_TL] = gfxSize(radii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X],
|
|
|
|
radii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y]);
|
|
|
|
(*oBorderRadii)[C_TR] = gfxSize(radii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|
|
|
radii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]);
|
|
|
|
(*oBorderRadii)[C_BR] = gfxSize(radii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X],
|
|
|
|
radii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]);
|
|
|
|
(*oBorderRadii)[C_BL] = gfxSize(radii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X],
|
|
|
|
radii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y]);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintBorder(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
2012-08-09 07:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
int aSkipSides)
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-04-16 18:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SAMPLE_LABEL("nsCSSRendering", "PaintBorder");
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext *styleIfVisited = aStyleContext->GetStyleIfVisited();
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder *styleBorder = aStyleContext->GetStyleBorder();
|
|
|
|
// Don't check RelevantLinkVisited here, since we want to take the
|
|
|
|
// same amount of time whether or not it's true.
|
|
|
|
if (!styleIfVisited) {
|
|
|
|
PaintBorderWithStyleBorder(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
aDirtyRect, aBorderArea, *styleBorder,
|
|
|
|
aStyleContext, aSkipSides);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsStyleBorder newStyleBorder(*styleBorder);
|
2010-09-08 00:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// We're making an ephemeral stack copy here, so just copy this debug-only
|
|
|
|
// member to prevent assertions.
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
newStyleBorder.mImageTracked = styleBorder->mImageTracked;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
newStyleBorder.SetBorderColor(side,
|
|
|
|
aStyleContext->GetVisitedDependentColor(
|
|
|
|
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(eCSSProperty_border_color)[side]));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PaintBorderWithStyleBorder(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
aDirtyRect, aBorderArea, newStyleBorder,
|
|
|
|
aStyleContext, aSkipSides);
|
2010-09-08 00:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
newStyleBorder.mImageTracked = false;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintBorderWithStyleBorder(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder& aStyleBorder,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
2012-08-09 07:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
int aSkipSides)
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsMargin border;
|
2008-10-01 05:50:52 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsRadii[8];
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCompatibility compatMode = aPresContext->CompatibilityMode();
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SN("++ PaintBorder");
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check to see if we have an appearance defined. If so, we let the theme
|
|
|
|
// renderer draw the border. DO not get the data from aForFrame, since the passed in style context
|
|
|
|
// may be different! Always use |aStyleContext|!
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* displayData = aStyleContext->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
if (displayData->mAppearance) {
|
|
|
|
nsITheme *theme = aPresContext->GetTheme();
|
|
|
|
if (theme && theme->ThemeSupportsWidget(aPresContext, aForFrame, displayData->mAppearance))
|
|
|
|
return; // Let the theme handle it.
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-05-08 17:40:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aStyleBorder.IsBorderImageLoaded()) {
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawBorderImage(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, aForFrame,
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aBorderArea, aStyleBorder, aDirtyRect);
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get our style context's color struct.
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleColor* ourColor = aStyleContext->GetStyleColor();
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// in NavQuirks mode we want to use the parent's context as a starting point
|
|
|
|
// for determining the background color
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* bgFrame = nsCSSRendering::FindNonTransparentBackgroundFrame
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
(aForFrame, compatMode == eCompatibility_NavQuirks ? true : false);
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* bgContext = bgFrame->GetStyleContext();
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor bgColor =
|
|
|
|
bgContext->GetVisitedDependentColor(eCSSProperty_background_color);
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
border = aStyleBorder.GetComputedBorder();
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((0 == border.left) && (0 == border.right) &&
|
|
|
|
(0 == border.top) && (0 == border.bottom)) {
|
|
|
|
// Empty border area
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
nsSize frameSize = aForFrame->GetSize();
|
|
|
|
if (&aStyleBorder == aForFrame->GetStyleBorder() &&
|
|
|
|
frameSize == aBorderArea.Size()) {
|
|
|
|
aForFrame->GetBorderRadii(twipsRadii);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeBorderRadii(aStyleBorder.mBorderRadius, frameSize,
|
|
|
|
aBorderArea.Size(), aSkipSides, twipsRadii);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Turn off rendering for all of the zero sized sides
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & SIDE_BIT_TOP) border.top = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & SIDE_BIT_RIGHT) border.right = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & SIDE_BIT_BOTTOM) border.bottom = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & SIDE_BIT_LEFT) border.left = 0;
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// get the inside and outside parts of the border
|
|
|
|
nsRect outerRect(aBorderArea);
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SF(" outerRect: %d %d %d %d\n", outerRect.x, outerRect.y, outerRect.width, outerRect.height);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// we can assume that we're already clipped to aDirtyRect -- I think? (!?)
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get our conversion values
|
|
|
|
nscoord twipsPerPixel = aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// convert outer and inner rects
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect oRect(nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(outerRect, twipsPerPixel));
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// convert the border widths
|
2010-04-20 08:41:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat borderWidths[4] = { gfxFloat(border.top / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.right / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.bottom / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.left / twipsPerPixel) };
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// convert the radii
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes borderRadii;
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputePixelRadii(twipsRadii, twipsPerPixel, &borderRadii);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t borderStyles[4];
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor borderColors[4];
|
|
|
|
nsBorderColors *compositeColors[4];
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// pull out styles, colors, composite colors
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (i) {
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool foreground;
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
borderStyles[i] = aStyleBorder.GetBorderStyle(i);
|
|
|
|
aStyleBorder.GetBorderColor(i, borderColors[i], foreground);
|
|
|
|
aStyleBorder.GetCompositeColors(i, &compositeColors[i]);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-09-12 15:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (foreground)
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
borderColors[i] = ourColor->mColor;
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SF(" borderStyles: %d %d %d %d\n", borderStyles[0], borderStyles[1], borderStyles[2], borderStyles[3]);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// start drawing
|
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->Save();
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
// this will draw a transparent red backround underneath the oRect area
|
|
|
|
ctx->Save();
|
|
|
|
ctx->Rectangle(oRect);
|
|
|
|
ctx->SetColor(gfxRGBA(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.5));
|
|
|
|
ctx->Fill();
|
|
|
|
ctx->Restore();
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//SF ("borderRadii: %f %f %f %f\n", borderRadii[0], borderRadii[1], borderRadii[2], borderRadii[3]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer br(twipsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
ctx,
|
|
|
|
oRect,
|
|
|
|
borderStyles,
|
|
|
|
borderWidths,
|
|
|
|
borderRadii,
|
|
|
|
borderColors,
|
|
|
|
compositeColors,
|
|
|
|
aSkipSides,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bgColor);
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
br.DrawBorders();
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->Restore();
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SN();
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
|
|
GetOutlineInnerRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRect* savedOutlineInnerRect = static_cast<nsRect*>
|
2010-03-29 01:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::OutlineInnerRectProperty()));
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (savedOutlineInnerRect)
|
|
|
|
return *savedOutlineInnerRect;
|
2010-10-07 04:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
// FIXME (bug 599652): We probably want something narrower than either
|
|
|
|
// overflow rect here, but for now use the visual overflow in order to
|
|
|
|
// be consistent with ComputeOutlineAndEffectsRect in nsFrame.cpp.
|
|
|
|
return aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintOutline(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-10-01 05:50:52 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsRadii[8];
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get our style context's color struct.
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleOutline* ourOutline = aStyleContext->GetStyleOutline();
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord width;
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
ourOutline->GetOutlineWidth(width);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (width == 0) {
|
|
|
|
// Empty outline
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* bgFrame = nsCSSRendering::FindNonTransparentBackgroundFrame
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
(aForFrame, false);
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* bgContext = bgFrame->GetStyleContext();
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor bgColor =
|
|
|
|
bgContext->GetVisitedDependentColor(eCSSProperty_background_color);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// When the outline property is set on :-moz-anonymous-block or
|
|
|
|
// :-moz-anonyomus-positioned-block pseudo-elements, it inherited that
|
|
|
|
// outline from the inline that was broken because it contained a
|
|
|
|
// block. In that case, we don't want a really wide outline if the
|
|
|
|
// block inside the inline is narrow, so union the actual contents of
|
|
|
|
// the anonymous blocks.
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *frameForArea = aForFrame;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
2009-10-29 21:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIAtom *pseudoType = frameForArea->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pseudoType != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock &&
|
|
|
|
pseudoType != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// If we're done, we really want it and all its later siblings.
|
2011-08-24 20:54:30 +00:00
|
|
|
frameForArea = frameForArea->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frameForArea, "anonymous block with no children?");
|
|
|
|
} while (frameForArea);
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect innerRect; // relative to aBorderArea.TopLeft()
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (frameForArea == aForFrame) {
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
innerRect = GetOutlineInnerRect(aForFrame);
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
for (; frameForArea; frameForArea = frameForArea->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
|
|
// The outline has already been included in aForFrame's overflow
|
|
|
|
// area, but not in those of its descendants, so we have to
|
|
|
|
// include it. Otherwise we'll end up drawing the outline inside
|
|
|
|
// the border.
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect r(GetOutlineInnerRect(frameForArea) +
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
frameForArea->GetOffsetTo(aForFrame));
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
innerRect.UnionRect(innerRect, r);
|
2008-06-02 22:52:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
innerRect += aBorderArea.TopLeft();
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord offset = ourOutline->mOutlineOffset;
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
innerRect.Inflate(offset, offset);
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the dirty rect is completely inside the border area (e.g., only the
|
|
|
|
// content is being painted), then we can skip out now
|
|
|
|
// XXX this isn't exactly true for rounded borders, where the inside curves may
|
|
|
|
// encroach into the content area. A safer calculation would be to
|
|
|
|
// shorten insideRect by the radius one each side before performing this test.
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (innerRect.Contains(aDirtyRect))
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2008-09-11 00:24:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRect outerRect = innerRect;
|
|
|
|
outerRect.Inflate(width, width);
|
2000-02-01 16:03:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// get the radius for our outline
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeBorderRadii(ourOutline->mOutlineRadius, aBorderArea.Size(),
|
|
|
|
outerRect.Size(), 0, twipsRadii);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get our conversion values
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsPerPixel = aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// get the outer rectangles
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect oRect(nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(outerRect, twipsPerPixel));
|
1999-08-19 14:22:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// convert the radii
|
2007-07-18 14:14:53 +00:00
|
|
|
nsMargin outlineMargin(width, width, width, width);
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes outlineRadii;
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputePixelRadii(twipsRadii, twipsPerPixel, &outlineRadii);
|
1999-08-19 14:22:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t outlineStyle = ourOutline->GetOutlineStyle();
|
|
|
|
uint8_t outlineStyles[4] = { outlineStyle,
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
outlineStyle,
|
|
|
|
outlineStyle,
|
|
|
|
outlineStyle };
|
2007-05-20 22:41:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// This handles treating the initial color as 'currentColor'; if we
|
|
|
|
// ever want 'invert' back we'll need to do a bit of work here too.
|
|
|
|
nscolor outlineColor =
|
|
|
|
aStyleContext->GetVisitedDependentColor(eCSSProperty_outline_color);
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor outlineColors[4] = { outlineColor,
|
|
|
|
outlineColor,
|
|
|
|
outlineColor,
|
|
|
|
outlineColor };
|
2007-05-01 04:58:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// convert the border widths
|
2010-04-20 08:41:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat outlineWidths[4] = { gfxFloat(width / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(width / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(width / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(width / twipsPerPixel) };
|
1999-08-19 14:22:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-30 02:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
// start drawing
|
2008-06-03 22:25:31 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
1999-01-03 19:23:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->Save();
|
1999-02-12 17:45:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer br(twipsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
ctx,
|
|
|
|
oRect,
|
|
|
|
outlineStyles,
|
|
|
|
outlineWidths,
|
|
|
|
outlineRadii,
|
|
|
|
outlineColors,
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
nullptr, 0,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bgColor);
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
br.DrawBorders();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ctx->Restore();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SN();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintFocus(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFocusRect,
|
|
|
|
nscolor aColor)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nscoord oneCSSPixel = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
|
|
|
nscoord oneDevPixel = aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect focusRect(nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aFocusRect, oneDevPixel));
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes focusRadii;
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-10-01 05:50:52 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsRadii[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputePixelRadii(twipsRadii, oneDevPixel, &focusRadii);
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-20 08:41:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat focusWidths[4] = { gfxFloat(oneCSSPixel / oneDevPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(oneCSSPixel / oneDevPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(oneCSSPixel / oneDevPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(oneCSSPixel / oneDevPixel) };
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t focusStyles[4] = { NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED,
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED,
|
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED,
|
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED };
|
|
|
|
nscolor focusColors[4] = { aColor, aColor, aColor, aColor };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ctx->Save();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Because this renders a dotted border, the background color
|
|
|
|
// should not be used. Therefore, we provide a value that will
|
|
|
|
// be blatantly wrong if it ever does get used. (If this becomes
|
|
|
|
// something that CSS can style, this function will then have access
|
|
|
|
// to a style context and can use the same logic that PaintBorder
|
|
|
|
// and PaintOutline do.)
|
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer br(oneDevPixel,
|
|
|
|
ctx,
|
|
|
|
focusRect,
|
|
|
|
focusStyles,
|
|
|
|
focusWidths,
|
|
|
|
focusRadii,
|
|
|
|
focusColors,
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
nullptr, 0,
|
2008-08-06 10:33:18 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_RGB(255, 0, 0));
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
br.DrawBorders();
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ctx->Restore();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SN();
|
1998-12-17 22:58:51 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-01 03:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// Thebes Border Rendering Code End
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
1998-12-17 22:58:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* Computes the placement of a background image.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @param aOriginBounds is the box to which the tiling position should be
|
|
|
|
* relative
|
|
|
|
* This should correspond to 'background-origin' for the frame,
|
|
|
|
* except when painting on the canvas, in which case the origin bounds
|
|
|
|
* should be the bounds of the root element's frame.
|
|
|
|
* @param aTopLeft the top-left corner where an image tile should be drawn
|
|
|
|
* @param aAnchorPoint a point which should be pixel-aligned by
|
|
|
|
* nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage. This is the same as aTopLeft, unless CSS
|
|
|
|
* specifies a percentage (including 'right' or 'bottom'), in which case
|
|
|
|
* it's that percentage within of aOriginBounds. So 'right' would set
|
|
|
|
* aAnchorPoint.x to aOriginBounds.XMost().
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
* Points are returned relative to aOriginBounds.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1998-12-12 03:06:02 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputeBackgroundAnchorPoint(const nsStyleBackground::Layer& aLayer,
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsSize& aOriginBounds,
|
|
|
|
const nsSize& aImageSize,
|
|
|
|
nsPoint* aTopLeft,
|
|
|
|
nsPoint* aAnchorPoint)
|
1998-09-26 17:16:56 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-09-15 15:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
double percentX = aLayer.mPosition.mXPosition.mPercent;
|
|
|
|
nscoord lengthX = aLayer.mPosition.mXPosition.mLength;
|
|
|
|
aAnchorPoint->x = lengthX + NSToCoordRound(percentX*aOriginBounds.width);
|
|
|
|
aTopLeft->x = lengthX +
|
|
|
|
NSToCoordRound(percentX*(aOriginBounds.width - aImageSize.width));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
double percentY = aLayer.mPosition.mYPosition.mPercent;
|
|
|
|
nscoord lengthY = aLayer.mPosition.mYPosition.mLength;
|
|
|
|
aAnchorPoint->y = lengthY + NSToCoordRound(percentY*aOriginBounds.height);
|
|
|
|
aTopLeft->y = lengthY +
|
|
|
|
NSToCoordRound(percentY*(aOriginBounds.height - aImageSize.height));
|
1999-04-25 02:43:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::FindNonTransparentBackgroundFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool aStartAtParent /*= false*/)
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "Cannot find NonTransparentBackgroundFrame in a null frame");
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = nullptr;
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aStartAtParent) {
|
2012-06-08 12:22:25 +00:00
|
|
|
frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
2004-03-31 03:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!frame) {
|
|
|
|
frame = aFrame;
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (frame) {
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// No need to call GetVisitedDependentColor because it always uses
|
|
|
|
// this alpha component anyway.
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NS_GET_A(frame->GetStyleBackground()->mBackgroundColor) > 0)
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (frame->IsThemed())
|
2009-01-09 00:29:38 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-08 12:22:25 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(frame);
|
2009-01-09 00:29:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
frame = parent;
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-08 12:44:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return frame;
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-10 13:41:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// Returns true if aFrame is a canvas frame.
|
|
|
|
// We need to treat the viewport as canvas because, even though
|
|
|
|
// it does not actually paint a background, we need to get the right
|
|
|
|
// background style so we correctly detect transparent documents.
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool
|
2009-04-10 13:41:59 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::IsCanvasFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
|
|
return frameType == nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame ||
|
|
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::rootFrame ||
|
|
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame ||
|
|
|
|
frameType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-08-11 17:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-10 13:41:59 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
2009-12-01 17:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::FindBackgroundStyleFrame(nsIFrame* aForFrame)
|
2009-04-10 13:41:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground* result = aForFrame->GetStyleBackground();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check if we need to do propagation from BODY rather than HTML.
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!result->IsTransparent()) {
|
|
|
|
return aForFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIContent* content = aForFrame->GetContent();
|
|
|
|
// The root element content can't be null. We wouldn't know what
|
|
|
|
// frame to create for aFrame.
|
2011-10-18 11:19:44 +00:00
|
|
|
// Use |OwnerDoc| so it works during destruction.
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
|
|
return aForFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-18 10:53:36 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIDocument* document = content->OwnerDoc();
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dom::Element* bodyContent = document->GetBodyElement();
|
|
|
|
// We need to null check the body node (bug 118829) since
|
|
|
|
// there are cases, thanks to the fix for bug 5569, where we
|
|
|
|
// will reflow a document with no body. In particular, if a
|
|
|
|
// SCRIPT element in the head blocks the parser and then has a
|
|
|
|
// SCRIPT that does "document.location.href = 'foo'", then
|
|
|
|
// nsParser::Terminate will call |DidBuildModel| methods
|
|
|
|
// through to the content sink, which will call |StartLayout|
|
2012-09-07 04:16:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// and thus |Initialize| on the pres shell. See bug 119351
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// for the ugly details.
|
|
|
|
if (!bodyContent) {
|
|
|
|
return aForFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *bodyFrame = bodyContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
|
|
if (!bodyFrame) {
|
|
|
|
return aForFrame;
|
2009-04-10 13:41:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(bodyFrame);
|
2009-04-10 13:41:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-06 21:00:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* |FindBackground| finds the correct style data to use to paint the
|
|
|
|
* background. It is responsible for handling the following two
|
|
|
|
* statements in section 14.2 of CSS2:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The background of the box generated by the root element covers the
|
|
|
|
* entire canvas.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* For HTML documents, however, we recommend that authors specify the
|
|
|
|
* background for the BODY element rather than the HTML element. User
|
|
|
|
* agents should observe the following precedence rules to fill in the
|
|
|
|
* background: if the value of the 'background' property for the HTML
|
|
|
|
* element is different from 'transparent' then use it, else use the
|
|
|
|
* value of the 'background' property for the BODY element. If the
|
|
|
|
* resulting value is 'transparent', the rendering is undefined.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Thus, in our implementation, it is responsible for ensuring that:
|
|
|
|
* + we paint the correct background on the |nsCanvasFrame|,
|
|
|
|
* |nsRootBoxFrame|, or |nsPageFrame|,
|
|
|
|
* + we don't paint the background on the root element, and
|
|
|
|
* + we don't paint the background on the BODY element in *some* cases,
|
|
|
|
* and for SGML-based HTML documents only.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* |FindBackground| returns true if a background should be painted, and
|
|
|
|
* the resulting style context to use for the background information
|
2009-04-25 08:19:23 +00:00
|
|
|
* will be filled in to |aBackground|.
|
2009-04-06 21:00:29 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext*
|
2009-04-06 21:00:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::FindRootFrameBackground(nsIFrame* aForFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return FindBackgroundStyleFrame(aForFrame)->GetStyleContext();
|
2009-02-16 01:11:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
inline bool
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
FindElementBackground(nsIFrame* aForFrame, nsIFrame* aRootElementFrame,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext** aBackgroundSC)
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aForFrame == aRootElementFrame) {
|
|
|
|
// We must have propagated our background to the viewport or canvas. Abort.
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
*aBackgroundSC = aForFrame->GetStyleContext();
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 20:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// Return true unless the frame is for a BODY element whose background
|
|
|
|
// was propagated to the viewport.
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-08 03:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIContent* content = aForFrame->GetContent();
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!content || content->Tag() != nsGkAtoms::body)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true; // not frame for a "body" element
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// It could be a non-HTML "body" element but that's OK, we'd fail the
|
|
|
|
// bodyContent check below
|
2008-08-08 03:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-29 21:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aForFrame->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo())
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true; // A pseudo-element frame.
|
2008-08-08 03:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-25 22:18:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// We should only look at the <html> background if we're in an HTML document
|
2011-10-18 10:53:36 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIDocument* document = content->OwnerDoc();
|
2002-02-25 22:18:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-02 12:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
dom::Element* bodyContent = document->GetBodyElement();
|
2005-11-03 23:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bodyContent != content)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true; // this wasn't the background that was propagated
|
2005-11-03 23:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// This can be called even when there's no root element yet, during frame
|
|
|
|
// construction, via nsLayoutUtils::FrameHasTransparency and
|
|
|
|
// nsContainerFrame::SyncFrameViewProperties.
|
|
|
|
if (!aRootElementFrame)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground* htmlBG = aRootElementFrame->GetStyleBackground();
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
return !htmlBG->IsTransparent();
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool
|
2004-07-31 23:15:21 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext** aBackgroundSC)
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-08-08 08:21:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootElementFrame =
|
|
|
|
aPresContext->PresShell()->FrameConstructor()->GetRootElementStyleFrame();
|
2009-02-16 01:11:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IsCanvasFrame(aForFrame)) {
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
*aBackgroundSC = FindCanvasBackground(aForFrame, rootElementFrame);
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2009-02-16 01:11:34 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return FindElementBackground(aForFrame, rootElementFrame, aBackgroundSC);
|
2009-02-16 01:11:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::DidPaint()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-03-14 19:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
gInlineBGData->Reset();
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintBoxShadowOuter(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFrameArea,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aForFrame->GetStyleBorder();
|
|
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* shadows = styleBorder->mBoxShadow;
|
2009-04-05 23:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!shadows)
|
2009-01-28 09:28:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsPerPixel = aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool hasBorderRadius;
|
|
|
|
bool nativeTheme; // mutually exclusive with hasBorderRadius
|
2008-07-23 17:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes borderRadii;
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get any border radius, since box-shadow must also have rounded corners if the frame does
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* styleDisplay = aForFrame->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
nsITheme::Transparency transparency;
|
|
|
|
if (aForFrame->IsThemed(styleDisplay, &transparency)) {
|
|
|
|
// We don't respect border-radius for native-themed widgets
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
hasBorderRadius = false;
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// For opaque (rectangular) theme widgets we can take the generic
|
|
|
|
// border-box path with border-radius disabled.
|
|
|
|
nativeTheme = transparency != nsITheme::eOpaque;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nativeTheme = false;
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsRadii[8];
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrameArea.Size() == aForFrame->GetSize(), "unexpected size");
|
|
|
|
hasBorderRadius = aForFrame->GetBorderRadii(twipsRadii);
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputePixelRadii(twipsRadii, twipsPerPixel, &borderRadii);
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRect frameRect =
|
2010-10-07 04:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
nativeTheme ? aForFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() + aFrameArea.TopLeft() : aFrameArea;
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect frameGfxRect(nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(frameRect, twipsPerPixel));
|
2009-01-05 00:41:01 +00:00
|
|
|
frameGfxRect.Round();
|
2008-12-02 21:16:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// We don't show anything that intersects with the frame we're blurring on. So tell the
|
|
|
|
// blurrer not to do unnecessary work there.
|
|
|
|
gfxRect skipGfxRect = frameGfxRect;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool useSkipGfxRect = true;
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nativeTheme) {
|
|
|
|
// Optimize non-leaf native-themed frames by skipping computing pixels
|
|
|
|
// in the padding-box. We assume the padding-box is going to be painted
|
|
|
|
// opaquely for non-leaf frames.
|
|
|
|
// XXX this may not be a safe assumption; we should make this go away
|
|
|
|
// by optimizing box-shadow drawing more for the cases where we don't have a skip-rect.
|
|
|
|
useSkipGfxRect = !aForFrame->IsLeaf();
|
|
|
|
nsRect paddingRect =
|
|
|
|
aForFrame->GetPaddingRect() - aForFrame->GetPosition() + aFrameArea.TopLeft();
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
skipGfxRect = nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(paddingRect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
2011-04-19 03:07:51 +00:00
|
|
|
skipGfxRect.Deflate(gfxMargin(
|
2011-06-25 14:06:02 +00:00
|
|
|
0, NS_MAX(borderRadii[C_TL].height, borderRadii[C_TR].height),
|
|
|
|
0, NS_MAX(borderRadii[C_BL].height, borderRadii[C_BR].height)));
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = shadows->Length(); i > 0; --i) {
|
2009-04-05 23:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadowItem = shadows->ShadowAt(i - 1);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (shadowItem->mInset)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect shadowRect = frameRect;
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowRect.MoveBy(shadowItem->mXOffset, shadowItem->mYOffset);
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord pixelSpreadRadius;
|
|
|
|
if (nativeTheme) {
|
|
|
|
pixelSpreadRadius = shadowItem->mSpread;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
shadowRect.Inflate(shadowItem->mSpread, shadowItem->mSpread);
|
|
|
|
pixelSpreadRadius = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// shadowRect won't include the blur, so make an extra rect here that includes the blur
|
|
|
|
// for use in the even-odd rule below.
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect shadowRectPlusBlur = shadowRect;
|
2008-09-13 03:45:37 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord blurRadius = shadowItem->mRadius;
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowRectPlusBlur.Inflate(
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(blurRadius, twipsPerPixel));
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect shadowGfxRect =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(shadowRect, twipsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
gfxRect shadowGfxRectPlusBlur =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(shadowRectPlusBlur, twipsPerPixel);
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowGfxRect.Round();
|
|
|
|
shadowGfxRectPlusBlur.RoundOut();
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxContext* renderContext = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<gfxContext> shadowContext;
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur blurringArea;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// When getting the widget shape from the native theme, we're going
|
|
|
|
// to draw the widget into the shadow surface to create a mask.
|
|
|
|
// We need to ensure that there actually *is* a shadow surface
|
|
|
|
// and that we're not going to draw directly into renderContext.
|
|
|
|
shadowContext =
|
|
|
|
blurringArea.Init(shadowRect, pixelSpreadRadius,
|
|
|
|
blurRadius, twipsPerPixel, renderContext, aDirtyRect,
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
useSkipGfxRect ? &skipGfxRect : nullptr,
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
nativeTheme ? nsContextBoxBlur::FORCE_MASK : 0);
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!shadowContext)
|
2008-08-13 06:27:47 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set the shadow color; if not specified, use the foreground color
|
|
|
|
nscolor shadowColor;
|
|
|
|
if (shadowItem->mHasColor)
|
|
|
|
shadowColor = shadowItem->mColor;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
shadowColor = aForFrame->GetStyleColor()->mColor;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Save();
|
|
|
|
renderContext->SetColor(gfxRGBA(shadowColor));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Draw the shape of the frame so it can be blurred. Recall how nsContextBoxBlur
|
|
|
|
// doesn't make any temporary surfaces if blur is 0 and it just returns the original
|
|
|
|
// surface? If we have no blur, we're painting this fill on the actual content surface
|
|
|
|
// (renderContext == shadowContext) which is why we set up the color and clip
|
|
|
|
// before doing this.
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nativeTheme) {
|
|
|
|
// We don't clip the border-box from the shadow, nor any other box.
|
|
|
|
// We assume that the native theme is going to paint over the shadow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Draw the widget shape
|
|
|
|
gfxContextMatrixAutoSaveRestore save(shadowContext);
|
2011-04-17 04:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsRenderingContext> wrapperCtx = new nsRenderingContext();
|
|
|
|
wrapperCtx->Init(aPresContext->DeviceContext(), shadowContext);
|
|
|
|
wrapperCtx->Translate(nsPoint(shadowItem->mXOffset,
|
|
|
|
shadowItem->mYOffset));
|
2010-12-01 03:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRect nativeRect;
|
|
|
|
nativeRect.IntersectRect(frameRect, aDirtyRect);
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
aPresContext->GetTheme()->DrawWidgetBackground(wrapperCtx, aForFrame,
|
2010-12-01 03:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
styleDisplay->mAppearance, aFrameArea, nativeRect);
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Clip out the area of the actual frame so the shadow is not shown within
|
|
|
|
// the frame
|
|
|
|
renderContext->NewPath();
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Rectangle(shadowGfxRectPlusBlur);
|
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
|
|
|
renderContext->RoundedRectangle(frameGfxRect, borderRadii);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Rectangle(frameGfxRect);
|
2009-09-24 06:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
renderContext->SetFillRule(gfxContext::FILL_RULE_EVEN_ODD);
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Clip();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shadowContext->NewPath();
|
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes clipRectRadii;
|
2012-04-30 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat spreadDistance = shadowItem->mSpread / twipsPerPixel;
|
2009-09-24 06:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-04-30 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat borderSizes[4];
|
2009-09-24 06:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-04-30 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_LEFT] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_TOP] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_RIGHT] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_BOTTOM] = spreadDistance;
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-04-30 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer::ComputeOuterRadii(borderRadii, borderSizes,
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
&clipRectRadii);
|
|
|
|
shadowContext->RoundedRectangle(shadowGfxRect, clipRectRadii);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
shadowContext->Rectangle(shadowGfxRect);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
shadowContext->Fill();
|
2009-05-13 09:42:39 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-08 00:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
blurringArea.DoPaint();
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Restore();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintBoxShadowInner(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFrameArea,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aForFrame->GetStyleBorder();
|
|
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* shadows = styleBorder->mBoxShadow;
|
2009-04-05 23:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!shadows)
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-08-23 09:30:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aForFrame->IsThemed() && aForFrame->GetContent() &&
|
|
|
|
!nsContentUtils::IsChromeDoc(aForFrame->GetContent()->GetCurrentDoc())) {
|
|
|
|
// There's no way of getting hold of a shape corresponding to a
|
|
|
|
// "padding-box" for native-themed widgets, so just don't draw
|
|
|
|
// inner box-shadows for them. But we allow chrome to paint inner
|
|
|
|
// box shadows since chrome can be aware of the platform theme.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-11-27 22:49:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get any border radius, since box-shadow must also have rounded corners
|
|
|
|
// if the frame does.
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsRadii[8];
|
2010-11-27 22:49:40 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aForFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::fieldSetFrame ||
|
|
|
|
aFrameArea.Size() == aForFrame->GetSize(), "unexpected size");
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool hasBorderRadius = aForFrame->GetBorderRadii(twipsRadii);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsPerPixel = aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRect paddingRect = aFrameArea;
|
|
|
|
nsMargin border = aForFrame->GetUsedBorder();
|
|
|
|
aForFrame->ApplySkipSides(border);
|
|
|
|
paddingRect.Deflate(border);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes innerRadii;
|
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes borderRadii;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputePixelRadii(twipsRadii, twipsPerPixel, &borderRadii);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat borderSizes[4] = {
|
2010-04-20 08:41:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.top / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.right / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.bottom / twipsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.left / twipsPerPixel)
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer::ComputeInnerRadii(borderRadii, borderSizes,
|
|
|
|
&innerRadii);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = shadows->Length(); i > 0; --i) {
|
2009-04-05 23:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadowItem = shadows->ShadowAt(i - 1);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!shadowItem->mInset)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* shadowRect: the frame's padding rect
|
|
|
|
* shadowPaintRect: the area to paint on the temp surface, larger than shadowRect
|
|
|
|
* so that blurs still happen properly near the edges
|
|
|
|
* shadowClipRect: the area on the temporary surface within shadowPaintRect
|
|
|
|
* that we will NOT paint in
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
nscoord blurRadius = shadowItem->mRadius;
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
nsMargin blurMargin =
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(blurRadius, twipsPerPixel);
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect shadowPaintRect = paddingRect;
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowPaintRect.Inflate(blurMargin);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect shadowClipRect = paddingRect;
|
|
|
|
shadowClipRect.MoveBy(shadowItem->mXOffset, shadowItem->mYOffset);
|
|
|
|
shadowClipRect.Deflate(shadowItem->mSpread, shadowItem->mSpread);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes clipRectRadii;
|
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
|
|
|
// Calculate the radii the inner clipping rect will have
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat spreadDistance = shadowItem->mSpread / twipsPerPixel;
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat borderSizes[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// See PaintBoxShadowOuter and bug 514670
|
|
|
|
if (innerRadii[C_TL].width > 0 || innerRadii[C_BL].width > 0) {
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_LEFT] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (innerRadii[C_TL].height > 0 || innerRadii[C_TR].height > 0) {
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_TOP] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (innerRadii[C_TR].width > 0 || innerRadii[C_BR].width > 0) {
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_RIGHT] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (innerRadii[C_BL].height > 0 || innerRadii[C_BR].height > 0) {
|
|
|
|
borderSizes[NS_SIDE_BOTTOM] = spreadDistance;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer::ComputeInnerRadii(innerRadii, borderSizes,
|
|
|
|
&clipRectRadii);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set the "skip rect" to the area within the frame that we don't paint in,
|
2010-11-27 22:49:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// including after blurring.
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect skipRect = shadowClipRect;
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
skipRect.Deflate(blurMargin);
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect skipGfxRect = nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(skipRect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius) {
|
2011-04-19 03:07:51 +00:00
|
|
|
skipGfxRect.Deflate(
|
2011-06-25 14:06:02 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxMargin(0, NS_MAX(clipRectRadii[C_TL].height, clipRectRadii[C_TR].height),
|
|
|
|
0, NS_MAX(clipRectRadii[C_BL].height, clipRectRadii[C_BR].height)));
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-27 22:49:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// When there's a blur radius, gfxAlphaBoxBlur leaves the skiprect area
|
|
|
|
// unchanged. And by construction the gfxSkipRect is not touched by the
|
|
|
|
// rendered shadow (even after blurring), so those pixels must be completely
|
|
|
|
// transparent in the shadow, so drawing them changes nothing.
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext* renderContext = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<gfxContext> shadowContext;
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur blurringArea;
|
2010-11-27 22:49:40 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowContext =
|
|
|
|
blurringArea.Init(shadowPaintRect, 0, blurRadius, twipsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
renderContext, aDirtyRect, &skipGfxRect);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!shadowContext)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set the shadow color; if not specified, use the foreground color
|
|
|
|
nscolor shadowColor;
|
|
|
|
if (shadowItem->mHasColor)
|
|
|
|
shadowColor = shadowItem->mColor;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
shadowColor = aForFrame->GetStyleColor()->mColor;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Save();
|
|
|
|
renderContext->SetColor(gfxRGBA(shadowColor));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Clip the context to the area of the frame's padding rect, so no part of the
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
// shadow is painted outside. Also cut out anything beyond where the inset shadow
|
|
|
|
// will be.
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect shadowGfxRect =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(paddingRect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowGfxRect.Round();
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
renderContext->NewPath();
|
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
renderContext->RoundedRectangle(shadowGfxRect, innerRadii, false);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
renderContext->Rectangle(shadowGfxRect);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
renderContext->Clip();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-27 22:49:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// Fill the surface minus the area within the frame that we should
|
|
|
|
// not paint in, and blur and apply it.
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect shadowPaintGfxRect =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(shadowPaintRect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2010-02-04 19:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowPaintGfxRect.RoundOut();
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect shadowClipGfxRect =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(shadowClipRect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowClipGfxRect.Round();
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowContext->NewPath();
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowContext->Rectangle(shadowPaintGfxRect);
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hasBorderRadius)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowContext->RoundedRectangle(shadowClipGfxRect, clipRectRadii, false);
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowContext->Rectangle(shadowClipGfxRect);
|
2009-02-10 08:45:13 +00:00
|
|
|
shadowContext->SetFillRule(gfxContext::FILL_RULE_EVEN_ODD);
|
|
|
|
shadowContext->Fill();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
blurringArea.DoPaint();
|
|
|
|
renderContext->Restore();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-09-26 17:16:56 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2004-07-31 23:15:21 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintBackground(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
1998-09-26 17:16:56 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
1999-01-15 18:25:58 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags,
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect* aBGClipRect,
|
|
|
|
int32_t aLayer)
|
1998-04-13 20:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-04-16 18:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SAMPLE_LABEL("nsCSSRendering", "PaintBackground");
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
"Frame is expected to be provided to PaintBackground");
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext *sc;
|
|
|
|
if (!FindBackground(aPresContext, aForFrame, &sc)) {
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// We don't want to bail out if moz-appearance is set on a root
|
2002-02-20 02:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// node. If it has a parent content node, bail because it's not
|
|
|
|
// a root, other wise keep going in order to let the theme stuff
|
|
|
|
// draw the background. The canvas really should be drawing the
|
|
|
|
// bg, but there's no way to hook that up via css.
|
2003-07-28 21:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!aForFrame->GetStyleDisplay()->mAppearance) {
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2002-02-20 02:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-07-28 21:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIContent* content = aForFrame->GetContent();
|
|
|
|
if (!content || content->GetParent()) {
|
2002-02-20 02:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2003-07-28 21:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
sc = aForFrame->GetStyleContext();
|
2002-02-20 02:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PaintBackgroundWithSC(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, aForFrame,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
aDirtyRect, aBorderArea, sc,
|
2009-05-28 05:01:42 +00:00
|
|
|
*aForFrame->GetStyleBorder(), aFlags,
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
aBGClipRect, aLayer);
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2010-04-27 16:15:02 +00:00
|
|
|
IsOpaqueBorderEdge(const nsStyleBorder& aBorder, mozilla::css::Side aSide)
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-05-31 05:19:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aBorder.GetComputedBorder().Side(aSide) == 0)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2009-10-27 01:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aBorder.GetBorderStyle(aSide)) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_INSET:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2009-10-27 01:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-30 09:24:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we're using a border image, assume it's not fully opaque,
|
|
|
|
// because we may not even have the image loaded at this point, and
|
|
|
|
// even if we did, checking whether the relevant tile is fully
|
|
|
|
// opaque would be too much work.
|
|
|
|
if (aBorder.GetBorderImage())
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2008-10-30 09:24:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor color;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool isForeground;
|
2008-09-12 15:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
aBorder.GetBorderColor(aSide, color, isForeground);
|
2008-10-30 09:24:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We don't know the foreground color here, so if it's being used
|
|
|
|
// we must assume it might be transparent.
|
|
|
|
if (isForeground)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2008-10-30 09:24:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-09-12 15:35:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return NS_GET_A(color) == 255;
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* Returns true if all border edges are either missing or opaque.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2009-10-27 01:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
IsOpaqueBorder(const nsStyleBorder& aBorder)
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aBorder.mBorderColors)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2010-04-27 16:15:02 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(i) {
|
2009-10-27 01:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!IsOpaqueBorderEdge(aBorder, i))
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2008-08-13 03:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
|
|
SetupDirtyRects(const nsRect& aBGClipArea, const nsRect& aCallerDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
/* OUT: */
|
|
|
|
nsRect* aDirtyRect, gfxRect* aDirtyRectGfx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
aDirtyRect->IntersectRect(aBGClipArea, aCallerDirtyRect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the Thebes equivalent of the dirtyRect.
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
*aDirtyRectGfx = nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(*aDirtyRect, aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aDirtyRect->IsEmpty() || !aDirtyRectGfx->IsEmpty(),
|
|
|
|
"converted dirty rect should not be empty");
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!aDirtyRect->IsEmpty() || aDirtyRectGfx->IsEmpty(),
|
|
|
|
"second should be empty if first is");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
struct BackgroundClipState {
|
|
|
|
nsRect mBGClipArea;
|
|
|
|
nsRect mDirtyRect;
|
|
|
|
gfxRect mDirtyRectGfx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes mClippedRadii;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool mRadiiAreOuter;
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Whether we are being asked to draw with a caller provided background
|
|
|
|
// clipping area. If this is true we also disable rounded corners.
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool mCustomClip;
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
GetBackgroundClip(gfxContext *aCtx, uint8_t aBackgroundClip,
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame, const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aCallerDirtyRect, bool aHaveRoundedCorners,
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxCornerSizes& aBGRadii, nscoord aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
/* out */ BackgroundClipState* aClipState)
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState->mBGClipArea = aBorderArea;
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState->mCustomClip = false;
|
|
|
|
aClipState->mRadiiAreOuter = true;
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState->mClippedRadii = aBGRadii;
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aBackgroundClip != NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER) {
|
|
|
|
nsMargin border = aForFrame->GetUsedBorder();
|
2011-11-23 17:59:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aBackgroundClip == NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_MOZ_ALMOST_PADDING) {
|
|
|
|
// Reduce |border| by 1px (device pixels) on all sides, if
|
|
|
|
// possible, so that we don't get antialiasing seams between the
|
|
|
|
// background and border.
|
|
|
|
border.top = NS_MAX(0, border.top - aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
border.right = NS_MAX(0, border.right - aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
border.bottom = NS_MAX(0, border.bottom - aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
border.left = NS_MAX(0, border.left - aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
} else if (aBackgroundClip != NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_PADDING) {
|
2010-06-09 01:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aBackgroundClip == NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_CONTENT,
|
|
|
|
"unexpected background-clip");
|
|
|
|
border += aForFrame->GetUsedPadding();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
aForFrame->ApplySkipSides(border);
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState->mBGClipArea.Deflate(border);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aHaveRoundedCorners) {
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat borderSizes[4] = {
|
2010-04-20 08:41:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.top / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.right / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.bottom / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(border.left / aAppUnitsPerPixel)
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsCSSBorderRenderer::ComputeInnerRadii(aBGRadii, borderSizes,
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
&aClipState->mClippedRadii);
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState->mRadiiAreOuter = false;
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
SetupDirtyRects(aClipState->mBGClipArea, aCallerDirtyRect, aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
&aClipState->mDirtyRect, &aClipState->mDirtyRectGfx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
SetupBackgroundClip(BackgroundClipState& aClipState, gfxContext *aCtx,
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool aHaveRoundedCorners, nscoord aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContextAutoSaveRestore* aAutoSR)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aClipState.mDirtyRectGfx.IsEmpty()) {
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// Our caller won't draw anything under this condition, so no need
|
|
|
|
// to set more up.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aClipState.mCustomClip) {
|
|
|
|
// We don't support custom clips and rounded corners, arguably a bug, but
|
|
|
|
// table painting seems to depend on it.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we have rounded corners, clip all subsequent drawing to the
|
|
|
|
// rounded rectangle defined by bgArea and bgRadii (we don't know
|
|
|
|
// whether the rounded corners intrude on the dirtyRect or not).
|
|
|
|
// Do not do this if we have a caller-provided clip rect --
|
|
|
|
// as above with bgArea, arguably a bug, but table painting seems
|
|
|
|
// to depend on it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aHaveRoundedCorners) {
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect bgAreaGfx =
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aClipState.mBGClipArea, aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
bgAreaGfx.Round();
|
|
|
|
bgAreaGfx.Condition();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bgAreaGfx.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
// I think it's become possible to hit this since
|
|
|
|
// http://hg.mozilla.org/mozilla-central/rev/50e934e4979b landed.
|
|
|
|
NS_WARNING("converted background area should not be empty");
|
|
|
|
// Make our caller not do anything.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState.mDirtyRectGfx.SizeTo(gfxSize(0.0, 0.0));
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aAutoSR->Reset(aCtx);
|
|
|
|
aCtx->NewPath();
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aCtx->RoundedRectangle(bgAreaGfx, aClipState.mClippedRadii, aClipState.mRadiiAreOuter);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
aCtx->Clip();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
DrawBackgroundColor(BackgroundClipState& aClipState, gfxContext *aCtx,
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool aHaveRoundedCorners, nscoord aAppUnitsPerPixel)
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aClipState.mDirtyRectGfx.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
// Our caller won't draw anything under this condition, so no need
|
|
|
|
// to set more up.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We don't support custom clips and rounded corners, arguably a bug, but
|
|
|
|
// table painting seems to depend on it.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHaveRoundedCorners || aClipState.mCustomClip) {
|
|
|
|
aCtx->NewPath();
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aCtx->Rectangle(aClipState.mDirtyRectGfx, true);
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aCtx->Fill();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxRect bgAreaGfx =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aClipState.mBGClipArea, aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
bgAreaGfx.Round();
|
|
|
|
bgAreaGfx.Condition();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bgAreaGfx.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
// I think it's become possible to hit this since
|
|
|
|
// http://hg.mozilla.org/mozilla-central/rev/50e934e4979b landed.
|
|
|
|
NS_WARNING("converted background area should not be empty");
|
|
|
|
// Make our caller not do anything.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
aClipState.mDirtyRectGfx.SizeTo(gfxSize(0.0, 0.0));
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aCtx->Save();
|
|
|
|
gfxRect dirty = bgAreaGfx.Intersect(aClipState.mDirtyRectGfx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aCtx->NewPath();
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aCtx->Rectangle(dirty, true);
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aCtx->Clip();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aCtx->NewPath();
|
|
|
|
aCtx->RoundedRectangle(bgAreaGfx, aClipState.mClippedRadii,
|
|
|
|
aClipState.mRadiiAreOuter);
|
|
|
|
aCtx->Fill();
|
|
|
|
aCtx->Restore();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::DetermineBackgroundColor(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
|
|
bool& aDrawBackgroundImage,
|
|
|
|
bool& aDrawBackgroundColor)
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundImage = true;
|
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundColor = true;
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->HonorPrintBackgroundSettings()) {
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundImage = aPresContext->GetBackgroundImageDraw();
|
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundColor = aPresContext->GetBackgroundColorDraw();
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nscolor bgColor;
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aDrawBackgroundColor) {
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bgColor =
|
|
|
|
aStyleContext->GetVisitedDependentColor(eCSSProperty_background_color);
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NS_GET_A(bgColor) == 0)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundColor = false;
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// If GetBackgroundColorDraw() is false, we are still expected to
|
|
|
|
// draw color in the background of any frame that's not completely
|
|
|
|
// transparent, but we are expected to use white instead of whatever
|
|
|
|
// color was specified.
|
|
|
|
bgColor = NS_RGB(255, 255, 255);
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aDrawBackgroundImage ||
|
|
|
|
!aStyleContext->GetStyleBackground()->IsTransparent())
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundColor = true;
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
bgColor = NS_RGBA(0,0,0,0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:13:12 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground *bg = aStyleContext->GetStyleBackground();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We can skip painting the background color if a background image is opaque.
|
|
|
|
if (aDrawBackgroundColor &&
|
|
|
|
bg->BottomLayer().mRepeat.mXRepeat == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT &&
|
|
|
|
bg->BottomLayer().mRepeat.mYRepeat == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT &&
|
|
|
|
bg->BottomLayer().mImage.IsOpaque()) {
|
|
|
|
aDrawBackgroundColor = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
return bgColor;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
static gfxFloat
|
|
|
|
ConvertGradientValueToPixels(const nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat aFillLength,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerPixel)
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch (aCoord.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Percent:
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
return aCoord.GetPercentValue() * aFillLength;
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Coord:
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
return NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aCoord.GetCoordValue(), aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
2010-09-15 15:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Calc: {
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord::Calc *calc = aCoord.GetCalcValue();
|
|
|
|
return calc->mPercent * aFillLength +
|
|
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(calc->mLength, aAppUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_WARNING("Unexpected coord unit");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// Given a box with size aBoxSize and origin (0,0), and an angle aAngle,
|
|
|
|
// and a starting point for the gradient line aStart, find the endpoint of
|
|
|
|
// the gradient line --- the intersection of the gradient line with a line
|
|
|
|
// perpendicular to aAngle that passes through the farthest corner in the
|
|
|
|
// direction aAngle.
|
|
|
|
static gfxPoint
|
|
|
|
ComputeGradientLineEndFromAngle(const gfxPoint& aStart,
|
|
|
|
double aAngle,
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aBoxSize)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
double dx = cos(-aAngle);
|
|
|
|
double dy = sin(-aAngle);
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint farthestCorner(dx > 0 ? aBoxSize.width : 0,
|
|
|
|
dy > 0 ? aBoxSize.height : 0);
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint delta = farthestCorner - aStart;
|
|
|
|
double u = delta.x*dy - delta.y*dx;
|
|
|
|
return farthestCorner + gfxPoint(-u*dy, u*dx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the start and end points of the gradient line for a linear gradient.
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ComputeLinearGradientLine(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleGradient* aGradient,
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aBoxSize,
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint* aLineStart,
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint* aLineEnd)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mBgPosX.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None) {
|
|
|
|
double angle;
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mAngle.IsAngleValue()) {
|
|
|
|
angle = aGradient->mAngle.GetAngleValueInRadians();
|
2012-07-07 14:27:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!aGradient->mLegacySyntax) {
|
|
|
|
angle = M_PI_2 - angle;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
angle = -M_PI_2; // defaults to vertical gradient starting from top
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint center(aBoxSize.width/2, aBoxSize.height/2);
|
|
|
|
*aLineEnd = ComputeGradientLineEndFromAngle(center, angle, aBoxSize);
|
|
|
|
*aLineStart = gfxPoint(aBoxSize.width, aBoxSize.height) - *aLineEnd;
|
2012-07-07 14:27:08 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (!aGradient->mLegacySyntax) {
|
2011-10-22 19:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
float xSign = aGradient->mBgPosX.GetPercentValue() * 2 - 1;
|
|
|
|
float ySign = 1 - aGradient->mBgPosY.GetPercentValue() * 2;
|
|
|
|
double angle = atan2(ySign * aBoxSize.width, xSign * aBoxSize.height);
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint center(aBoxSize.width/2, aBoxSize.height/2);
|
|
|
|
*aLineEnd = ComputeGradientLineEndFromAngle(center, angle, aBoxSize);
|
|
|
|
*aLineStart = gfxPoint(aBoxSize.width, aBoxSize.height) - *aLineEnd;
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerPixel = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*aLineStart = gfxPoint(
|
|
|
|
ConvertGradientValueToPixels(aGradient->mBgPosX, aBoxSize.width,
|
|
|
|
appUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
ConvertGradientValueToPixels(aGradient->mBgPosY, aBoxSize.height,
|
|
|
|
appUnitsPerPixel));
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mAngle.IsAngleValue()) {
|
2012-07-07 14:27:08 +00:00
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aGradient->mLegacySyntax);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
double angle = aGradient->mAngle.GetAngleValueInRadians();
|
|
|
|
*aLineEnd = ComputeGradientLineEndFromAngle(*aLineStart, angle, aBoxSize);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// No angle, the line end is just the reflection of the start point
|
|
|
|
// through the center of the box
|
|
|
|
*aLineEnd = gfxPoint(aBoxSize.width, aBoxSize.height) - *aLineStart;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the start and end points of the gradient line for a radial gradient.
|
|
|
|
// Also returns the horizontal and vertical radii defining the circle or
|
|
|
|
// ellipse to use.
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ComputeRadialGradientLine(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleGradient* aGradient,
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aBoxSize,
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint* aLineStart,
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint* aLineEnd,
|
|
|
|
double* aRadiusX,
|
|
|
|
double* aRadiusY)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mBgPosX.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None) {
|
|
|
|
// Default line start point is the center of the box
|
|
|
|
*aLineStart = gfxPoint(aBoxSize.width/2, aBoxSize.height/2);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerPixel = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*aLineStart = gfxPoint(
|
|
|
|
ConvertGradientValueToPixels(aGradient->mBgPosX, aBoxSize.width,
|
|
|
|
appUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
|
|
ConvertGradientValueToPixels(aGradient->mBgPosY, aBoxSize.height,
|
|
|
|
appUnitsPerPixel));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute gradient shape: the x and y radii of an ellipse.
|
|
|
|
double radiusX, radiusY;
|
2011-06-02 12:56:50 +00:00
|
|
|
double leftDistance = NS_ABS(aLineStart->x);
|
|
|
|
double rightDistance = NS_ABS(aBoxSize.width - aLineStart->x);
|
|
|
|
double topDistance = NS_ABS(aLineStart->y);
|
|
|
|
double bottomDistance = NS_ABS(aBoxSize.height - aLineStart->y);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aGradient->mSize) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_CLOSEST_SIDE:
|
|
|
|
radiusX = NS_MIN(leftDistance, rightDistance);
|
|
|
|
radiusY = NS_MIN(topDistance, bottomDistance);
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR) {
|
|
|
|
radiusX = radiusY = NS_MIN(radiusX, radiusY);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_CLOSEST_CORNER: {
|
|
|
|
// Compute x and y distances to nearest corner
|
|
|
|
double offsetX = NS_MIN(leftDistance, rightDistance);
|
|
|
|
double offsetY = NS_MIN(topDistance, bottomDistance);
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR) {
|
|
|
|
radiusX = radiusY = NS_hypot(offsetX, offsetY);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// maintain aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
radiusX = offsetX*M_SQRT2;
|
|
|
|
radiusY = offsetY*M_SQRT2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_FARTHEST_SIDE:
|
|
|
|
radiusX = NS_MAX(leftDistance, rightDistance);
|
|
|
|
radiusY = NS_MAX(topDistance, bottomDistance);
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR) {
|
|
|
|
radiusX = radiusY = NS_MAX(radiusX, radiusY);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_FARTHEST_CORNER: {
|
|
|
|
// Compute x and y distances to nearest corner
|
|
|
|
double offsetX = NS_MAX(leftDistance, rightDistance);
|
|
|
|
double offsetY = NS_MAX(topDistance, bottomDistance);
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR) {
|
|
|
|
radiusX = radiusY = NS_hypot(offsetX, offsetY);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// maintain aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
radiusX = offsetX*M_SQRT2;
|
|
|
|
radiusY = offsetY*M_SQRT2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-07-07 14:27:08 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_EXPLICIT_SIZE: {
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerPixel = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
2012-07-07 14:27:08 +00:00
|
|
|
radiusX = ConvertGradientValueToPixels(aGradient->mRadiusX,
|
|
|
|
aBoxSize.width, appUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
radiusY = ConvertGradientValueToPixels(aGradient->mRadiusY,
|
|
|
|
aBoxSize.height, appUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "unknown radial gradient sizing method");
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*aRadiusX = radiusX;
|
|
|
|
*aRadiusY = radiusY;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
double angle;
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mAngle.IsAngleValue()) {
|
|
|
|
angle = aGradient->mAngle.GetAngleValueInRadians();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Default angle is 0deg
|
|
|
|
angle = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The gradient line end point is where the gradient line intersects
|
|
|
|
// the ellipse.
|
|
|
|
*aLineEnd = *aLineStart + gfxPoint(radiusX*cos(-angle), radiusY*sin(-angle));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A resolved color stop --- with a specific position along the gradient line,
|
|
|
|
// and a Thebes color
|
|
|
|
struct ColorStop {
|
|
|
|
ColorStop(double aPosition, nscolor aColor) :
|
|
|
|
mPosition(aPosition), mColor(aColor) {}
|
|
|
|
double mPosition; // along the gradient line; 0=start, 1=end
|
|
|
|
gfxRGBA mColor;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Returns aFrac*aC2 + (1 - aFrac)*C1. The interpolation is done
|
|
|
|
// in unpremultiplied space, which is what SVG gradients and cairo
|
|
|
|
// gradients expect.
|
|
|
|
static gfxRGBA
|
|
|
|
InterpolateColor(const gfxRGBA& aC1, const gfxRGBA& aC2, double aFrac)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
double other = 1 - aFrac;
|
|
|
|
return gfxRGBA(aC2.r*aFrac + aC1.r*other,
|
|
|
|
aC2.g*aFrac + aC1.g*other,
|
|
|
|
aC2.b*aFrac + aC1.b*other,
|
|
|
|
aC2.a*aFrac + aC1.a*other);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-14 02:30:05 +00:00
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
|
|
FindTileStart(nscoord aDirtyCoord, nscoord aTilePos, nscoord aTileDim)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aTileDim > 0, "Non-positive tile dimension");
|
2011-05-30 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
double multiples = floor(double(aDirtyCoord - aTilePos)/aTileDim);
|
2010-01-14 02:30:05 +00:00
|
|
|
return NSToCoordRound(multiples*aTileDim + aTilePos);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintGradient(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleGradient* aGradient,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aOneCellArea,
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFillArea)
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-04-16 18:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SAMPLE_LABEL("nsCSSRendering", "PaintGradient");
|
2012-08-27 04:12:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Telemetry::AutoTimer<Telemetry::GRADIENT_DURATION, Telemetry::Microsecond> gradientTimer;
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aOneCellArea.IsEmpty())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
|
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerPixel = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect oneCellArea =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aOneCellArea, appUnitsPerPixel);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
bool gradientRegistered = true;
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aOneCellArea.Contains(aFillArea)) {
|
|
|
|
flags |= GradientCacheKey::SINGLE_CELL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GradientCacheData* pattern =
|
|
|
|
gGradientCache->Lookup(aGradient, oneCellArea.Size(), flags);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pattern == nullptr) {
|
|
|
|
// Compute "gradient line" start and end relative to oneCellArea
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint lineStart, lineEnd;
|
|
|
|
double radiusX = 0, radiusY = 0; // for radial gradients only
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_LINEAR) {
|
|
|
|
ComputeLinearGradientLine(aPresContext, aGradient, oneCellArea.Size(),
|
|
|
|
&lineStart, &lineEnd);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ComputeRadialGradientLine(aPresContext, aGradient, oneCellArea.Size(),
|
|
|
|
&lineStart, &lineEnd, &radiusX, &radiusY);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat lineLength = NS_hypot(lineEnd.x - lineStart.x,
|
|
|
|
lineEnd.y - lineStart.y);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aGradient->mStops.Length() >= 2,
|
|
|
|
"The parser should reject gradients with less than two stops");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Build color stop array and compute stop positions
|
|
|
|
nsTArray<ColorStop> stops;
|
|
|
|
// If there is a run of stops before stop i that did not have specified
|
|
|
|
// positions, then this is the index of the first stop in that run, otherwise
|
|
|
|
// it's -1.
|
|
|
|
int32_t firstUnsetPosition = -1;
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aGradient->mStops.Length(); ++i) {
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleGradientStop& stop = aGradient->mStops[i];
|
|
|
|
double position;
|
|
|
|
switch (stop.mLocation.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_None:
|
|
|
|
if (i == 0) {
|
|
|
|
// First stop defaults to position 0.0
|
|
|
|
position = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
} else if (i == aGradient->mStops.Length() - 1) {
|
|
|
|
// Last stop defaults to position 1.0
|
|
|
|
position = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Other stops with no specified position get their position assigned
|
|
|
|
// later by interpolation, see below.
|
|
|
|
// Remeber where the run of stops with no specified position starts,
|
|
|
|
// if it starts here.
|
|
|
|
if (firstUnsetPosition < 0) {
|
|
|
|
firstUnsetPosition = i;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
stops.AppendElement(ColorStop(0, stop.mColor));
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Percent:
|
|
|
|
position = stop.mLocation.GetPercentValue();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Coord:
|
|
|
|
position = lineLength < 1e-6 ? 0.0 :
|
|
|
|
stop.mLocation.GetCoordValue() / appUnitsPerPixel / lineLength;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "Unknown stop position type");
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i > 0) {
|
|
|
|
// Prevent decreasing stop positions by advancing this position
|
|
|
|
// to the previous stop position, if necessary
|
|
|
|
position = NS_MAX(position, stops[i - 1].mPosition);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
stops.AppendElement(ColorStop(position, stop.mColor));
|
|
|
|
if (firstUnsetPosition > 0) {
|
|
|
|
// Interpolate positions for all stops that didn't have a specified position
|
|
|
|
double p = stops[firstUnsetPosition - 1].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
double d = (stops[i].mPosition - p)/(i - firstUnsetPosition + 1);
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t j = firstUnsetPosition; j < i; ++j) {
|
|
|
|
p += d;
|
|
|
|
stops[j].mPosition = p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
firstUnsetPosition = -1;
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Eliminate negative-position stops if the gradient is radial.
|
|
|
|
double firstStop = stops[0].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape != NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_LINEAR && firstStop < 0.0) {
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mRepeating) {
|
|
|
|
// Choose an instance of the repeated pattern that gives us all positive
|
|
|
|
// stop-offsets.
|
|
|
|
double lastStop = stops[stops.Length() - 1].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
double stopDelta = lastStop - firstStop;
|
|
|
|
// If all the stops are in approximately the same place then logic below
|
|
|
|
// will kick in that makes us draw just the last stop color, so don't
|
|
|
|
// try to do anything in that case. We certainly need to avoid
|
|
|
|
// dividing by zero.
|
|
|
|
if (stopDelta >= 1e-6) {
|
|
|
|
double instanceCount = ceil(-firstStop/stopDelta);
|
|
|
|
// Advance stops by instanceCount multiples of the period of the
|
|
|
|
// repeating gradient.
|
|
|
|
double offset = instanceCount*stopDelta;
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < stops.Length(); i++) {
|
|
|
|
stops[i].mPosition += offset;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Move negative-position stops to position 0.0. We may also need
|
|
|
|
// to set the color of the stop to the color the gradient should have
|
|
|
|
// at the center of the ellipse.
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < stops.Length(); i++) {
|
|
|
|
double pos = stops[i].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
if (pos < 0.0) {
|
|
|
|
stops[i].mPosition = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
// If this is the last stop, we don't need to adjust the color,
|
|
|
|
// it will fill the entire area.
|
|
|
|
if (i < stops.Length() - 1) {
|
|
|
|
double nextPos = stops[i + 1].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
// If nextPos is approximately equal to pos, then we don't
|
|
|
|
// need to adjust the color of this stop because it's
|
|
|
|
// not going to be displayed.
|
|
|
|
// If nextPos is negative, we don't need to adjust the color of
|
|
|
|
// this stop since it's not going to be displayed because
|
|
|
|
// nextPos will also be moved to 0.0.
|
|
|
|
if (nextPos >= 0.0 && nextPos - pos >= 1e-6) {
|
|
|
|
// Compute how far the new position 0.0 is along the interval
|
|
|
|
// between pos and nextPos.
|
|
|
|
// XXX Color interpolation (in cairo, too) should use the
|
|
|
|
// CSS 'color-interpolation' property!
|
|
|
|
double frac = (0.0 - pos)/(nextPos - pos);
|
|
|
|
stops[i].mColor =
|
|
|
|
InterpolateColor(stops[i].mColor, stops[i + 1].mColor, frac);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
firstStop = stops[0].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(firstStop >= 0.0, "Failed to fix stop offsets");
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
double lastStop = stops[stops.Length() - 1].mPosition;
|
|
|
|
// Cairo gradients must have stop positions in the range [0, 1]. So,
|
|
|
|
// stop positions will be normalized below by subtracting firstStop and then
|
|
|
|
// multiplying by stopScale.
|
|
|
|
double stopScale;
|
|
|
|
double stopDelta = lastStop - firstStop;
|
|
|
|
bool zeroRadius = aGradient->mShape != NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_LINEAR &&
|
|
|
|
(radiusX < 1e-6 || radiusY < 1e-6);
|
|
|
|
if (stopDelta < 1e-6 || lineLength < 1e-6 || zeroRadius) {
|
|
|
|
// Stops are all at the same place. Map all stops to 0.0.
|
|
|
|
// For repeating radial gradients, or for any radial gradients with
|
|
|
|
// a zero radius, we need to fill with the last stop color, so just set
|
|
|
|
// both radii to 0.
|
|
|
|
stopScale = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mRepeating || zeroRadius) {
|
|
|
|
radiusX = radiusY = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
lastStop = firstStop;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
stopScale = 1.0/stopDelta;
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Create the gradient pattern.
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<gfxPattern> gradientPattern;
|
|
|
|
bool forceRepeatToCoverTiles = false;
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mShape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_LINEAR) {
|
|
|
|
// Compute the actual gradient line ends we need to pass to cairo after
|
|
|
|
// stops have been normalized.
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint gradientStart = lineStart + (lineEnd - lineStart)*firstStop;
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint gradientEnd = lineStart + (lineEnd - lineStart)*lastStop;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stopScale == 0.0) {
|
|
|
|
// Stops are all at the same place. For repeating gradients, this will
|
|
|
|
// just paint the last stop color. We don't need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
// For non-repeating gradients, this should render as two colors, one
|
|
|
|
// on each "side" of the gradient line segment, which is a point. All
|
|
|
|
// our stops will be at 0.0; we just need to set the direction vector
|
|
|
|
// correctly.
|
|
|
|
gradientEnd = gradientStart + (lineEnd - lineStart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern = new gfxPattern(gradientStart.x, gradientStart.y,
|
|
|
|
gradientEnd.x, gradientEnd.y);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// When the gradient line is parallel to the x axis from the left edge
|
|
|
|
// to the right edge of a tile, then we can repeat by just repeating the
|
|
|
|
// gradient.
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(flags & GradientCacheKey::SINGLE_CELL) &&
|
|
|
|
((gradientStart.y == gradientEnd.y && gradientStart.x == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
gradientEnd.x == oneCellArea.width) ||
|
|
|
|
(gradientStart.x == gradientEnd.x && gradientStart.y == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
gradientEnd.y == oneCellArea.height))) {
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
forceRepeatToCoverTiles = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(firstStop >= 0.0,
|
|
|
|
"Negative stops not allowed for radial gradients");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// To form an ellipse, we'll stretch a circle vertically, if necessary.
|
|
|
|
// So our radii are based on radiusX.
|
|
|
|
double innerRadius = radiusX*firstStop;
|
|
|
|
double outerRadius = radiusX*lastStop;
|
|
|
|
if (stopScale == 0.0) {
|
|
|
|
// Stops are all at the same place. See above (except we now have
|
|
|
|
// the inside vs. outside of an ellipse).
|
|
|
|
outerRadius = innerRadius + 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern = new gfxPattern(lineStart.x, lineStart.y, innerRadius,
|
|
|
|
lineStart.x, lineStart.y, outerRadius);
|
|
|
|
if (radiusX != radiusY) {
|
|
|
|
// Stretch the circles into ellipses vertically by setting a transform
|
|
|
|
// in the pattern.
|
|
|
|
// Recall that this is the transform from user space to pattern space.
|
|
|
|
// So to stretch the ellipse by factor of P vertically, we scale
|
|
|
|
// user coordinates by 1/P.
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix matrix;
|
|
|
|
matrix.Translate(lineStart);
|
|
|
|
matrix.Scale(1.0, radiusX/radiusY);
|
|
|
|
matrix.Translate(-lineStart);
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern->SetMatrix(matrix);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-07-01 23:46:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (gradientPattern->CairoStatus())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Now set normalized color stops in pattern.
|
2011-03-03 21:18:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (stopScale == 0.0) {
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Non-repeating gradient with all stops in same place -> just add
|
|
|
|
// first stop and last stop, both at position 0.
|
|
|
|
// Repeating gradient with all stops in the same place, or radial
|
|
|
|
// gradient with radius of 0 -> just paint the last stop color.
|
|
|
|
if (!aGradient->mRepeating && !zeroRadius) {
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern->AddColorStop(0.0, stops[0].mColor);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern->AddColorStop(0.0, stops[stops.Length() - 1].mColor);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Use all stops
|
|
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < stops.Length(); i++) {
|
|
|
|
double pos = stopScale*(stops[i].mPosition - firstStop);
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern->AddColorStop(pos, stops[i].mColor);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set repeat mode. Default cairo extend mode is PAD.
|
|
|
|
if (aGradient->mRepeating || forceRepeatToCoverTiles) {
|
|
|
|
gradientPattern->SetExtend(gfxPattern::EXTEND_REPEAT);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// Register the gradient newly computed in the cache.
|
2012-09-07 12:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
pattern = new GradientCacheData(gradientPattern, forceRepeatToCoverTiles,
|
|
|
|
GradientCacheKey(aGradient, oneCellArea.Size(), flags));
|
|
|
|
gradientRegistered = gGradientCache->RegisterEntry(pattern);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// Paint gradient tiles. This isn't terribly efficient, but doing it this
|
|
|
|
// way is simple and sure to get pixel-snapping right. We could speed things
|
|
|
|
// up by drawing tiles into temporary surfaces and copying those to the
|
|
|
|
// destination, but after pixel-snapping tiles may not all be the same size.
|
|
|
|
nsRect dirty;
|
2010-01-11 21:45:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!dirty.IntersectRect(aDirtyRect, aFillArea))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect areaToFill =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aFillArea, appUnitsPerPixel);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxMatrix ctm = ctx->CurrentMatrix();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// xStart/yStart are the top-left corner of the top-left tile.
|
2010-01-14 02:30:05 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord xStart = FindTileStart(dirty.x, aOneCellArea.x, aOneCellArea.width);
|
|
|
|
nscoord yStart = FindTileStart(dirty.y, aOneCellArea.y, aOneCellArea.height);
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord xEnd = pattern->mCoversTile ? xStart + aOneCellArea.width : dirty.XMost();
|
|
|
|
nscoord yEnd = pattern->mCoversTile ? yStart + aOneCellArea.height : dirty.YMost();
|
2012-07-01 23:46:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// x and y are the top-left corner of the tile to draw
|
|
|
|
for (nscoord y = yStart; y < yEnd; y += aOneCellArea.height) {
|
|
|
|
for (nscoord x = xStart; x < xEnd; x += aOneCellArea.width) {
|
|
|
|
// The coordinates of the tile
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect tileRect = nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(
|
|
|
|
nsRect(x, y, aOneCellArea.width, aOneCellArea.height),
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
appUnitsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
// The actual area to fill with this tile is the intersection of this
|
|
|
|
// tile with the overall area we're supposed to be filling
|
2012-07-01 23:46:32 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect fillRect =
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
pattern->mCoversTile ? areaToFill : tileRect.Intersect(areaToFill);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->NewPath();
|
2012-08-10 11:10:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we can snap the gradient tile and fill rects, do so, but make sure
|
|
|
|
// that the gradient is scaled precisely to the tile rect.
|
|
|
|
gfxRect fillRectSnapped = fillRect;
|
|
|
|
// Don't snap the tileRect directly since that would lose information
|
|
|
|
// about the orientation of the current transform (i.e. vertical or
|
|
|
|
// horizontal flipping). Instead snap the corners independently so if
|
|
|
|
// the CTM has a flip, our Scale() below preserves the flip.
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint tileRectSnappedTopLeft = tileRect.TopLeft();
|
|
|
|
gfxPoint tileRectSnappedBottomRight = tileRect.BottomRight();
|
|
|
|
if (ctx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(fillRectSnapped, true) &&
|
|
|
|
ctx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(tileRectSnappedTopLeft, true) &&
|
|
|
|
ctx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(tileRectSnappedBottomRight, true)) {
|
|
|
|
ctx->IdentityMatrix();
|
|
|
|
ctx->Rectangle(fillRectSnapped);
|
|
|
|
ctx->Translate(tileRectSnappedTopLeft);
|
|
|
|
ctx->Scale((tileRectSnappedBottomRight.x - tileRectSnappedTopLeft.x)/tileRect.width,
|
|
|
|
(tileRectSnappedBottomRight.y - tileRectSnappedTopLeft.y)/tileRect.height);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ctx->Rectangle(fillRect);
|
|
|
|
ctx->Translate(tileRect.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->SetPattern(pattern->mPattern);
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->Fill();
|
|
|
|
ctx->SetMatrix(ctm);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-08-27 04:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we could not put the gradient in the gradient cache, make sure to
|
|
|
|
// release its resources so we don't leak.
|
|
|
|
if (!gradientRegistered) {
|
|
|
|
delete pattern;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-01 15:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2004-07-31 23:15:21 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintBackgroundWithSC(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aBackgroundSC,
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder& aBorder,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags,
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect* aBGClipRect,
|
|
|
|
int32_t aLayer)
|
2002-01-07 23:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
"Frame is expected to be provided to PaintBackground");
|
2000-05-10 23:24:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-12-17 22:51:39 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check to see if we have an appearance defined. If so, we let the theme
|
2002-02-20 21:51:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// renderer draw the background and bail out.
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// XXXzw this ignores aBGClipRect.
|
2003-05-15 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* displayData = aForFrame->GetStyleDisplay();
|
2001-12-17 22:51:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if (displayData->mAppearance) {
|
2004-07-29 19:41:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nsITheme *theme = aPresContext->GetTheme();
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (theme && theme->ThemeSupportsWidget(aPresContext, aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
displayData->mAppearance)) {
|
2010-07-14 22:25:41 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect drawing(aBorderArea);
|
|
|
|
theme->GetWidgetOverflow(aPresContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
|
|
aForFrame, displayData->mAppearance, &drawing);
|
|
|
|
drawing.IntersectRect(drawing, aDirtyRect);
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
theme->DrawWidgetBackground(&aRenderingContext, aForFrame,
|
2010-07-14 22:25:41 +00:00
|
|
|
displayData->mAppearance, aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
drawing);
|
2001-12-17 22:51:39 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// For canvas frames (in the CSS sense) we draw the background color using
|
|
|
|
// a solid color item that gets added in nsLayoutUtils::PaintFrame,
|
2010-07-15 21:07:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// or nsSubDocumentFrame::BuildDisplayList (bug 488242). (The solid
|
|
|
|
// color may be moved into nsDisplayCanvasBackground by
|
|
|
|
// nsPresShell::AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem, and painted by
|
|
|
|
// nsDisplayCanvasBackground directly.) Either way we don't need to
|
|
|
|
// paint the background color here.
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool isCanvasFrame = IsCanvasFrame(aForFrame);
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// Determine whether we are drawing background images and/or
|
|
|
|
// background colors.
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool drawBackgroundImage;
|
|
|
|
bool drawBackgroundColor;
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor bgColor = DetermineBackgroundColor(aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
aBackgroundSC,
|
|
|
|
aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
drawBackgroundImage,
|
|
|
|
drawBackgroundColor);
|
2009-01-08 08:10:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we're not drawing the back-most layer, we don't want to draw the
|
|
|
|
// background color.
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground *bg = aBackgroundSC->GetStyleBackground();
|
|
|
|
if (drawBackgroundColor && aLayer >= 0 && aLayer != bg->mImageCount - 1) {
|
|
|
|
drawBackgroundColor = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// At this point, drawBackgroundImage and drawBackgroundColor are
|
|
|
|
// true if and only if we are actually supposed to paint an image or
|
|
|
|
// color into aDirtyRect, respectively.
|
|
|
|
if (!drawBackgroundImage && !drawBackgroundColor)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the outermost boundary of the area that might be painted.
|
2009-01-08 10:19:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aRenderingContext.ThebesContext();
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerPixel = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Same coordinate space as aBorderArea & aBGClipRect
|
|
|
|
gfxCornerSizes bgRadii;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool haveRoundedCorners;
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nscoord radii[8];
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
nsSize frameSize = aForFrame->GetSize();
|
|
|
|
if (&aBorder == aForFrame->GetStyleBorder() &&
|
|
|
|
frameSize == aBorderArea.Size()) {
|
|
|
|
haveRoundedCorners = aForFrame->GetBorderRadii(radii);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
haveRoundedCorners = nsIFrame::ComputeBorderRadii(aBorder.mBorderRadius,
|
|
|
|
frameSize, aBorderArea.Size(),
|
|
|
|
aForFrame->GetSkipSides(), radii);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (haveRoundedCorners)
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputePixelRadii(radii, appUnitsPerPixel, &bgRadii);
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// The 'bgClipArea' (used only by the image tiling logic, far below)
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// is the caller-provided aBGClipRect if any, or else the area
|
|
|
|
// determined by the value of 'background-clip' in
|
|
|
|
// SetupCurrentBackgroundClip. (Arguably it should be the
|
|
|
|
// intersection, but that breaks the table painter -- in particular,
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// taking the intersection breaks reftests/bugs/403249-1[ab].)
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
BackgroundClipState clipState;
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t currentBackgroundClip;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool isSolidBorder;
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aBGClipRect) {
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
clipState.mBGClipArea = *aBGClipRect;
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
clipState.mCustomClip = true;
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
SetupDirtyRects(clipState.mBGClipArea, aDirtyRect, appUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
&clipState.mDirtyRect, &clipState.mDirtyRectGfx);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// The background is rendered over the 'background-clip' area,
|
|
|
|
// which is normally equal to the border area but may be reduced
|
|
|
|
// to the padding area by CSS. Also, if the border is solid, we
|
|
|
|
// don't need to draw outside the padding area. In either case,
|
|
|
|
// if the borders are rounded, make sure we use the same inner
|
|
|
|
// radii as the border code will.
|
|
|
|
// The background-color is drawn based on the bottom
|
|
|
|
// background-clip.
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
currentBackgroundClip = bg->BottomLayer().mClip;
|
2009-05-28 05:01:42 +00:00
|
|
|
isSolidBorder =
|
2009-10-27 01:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
(aFlags & PAINTBG_WILL_PAINT_BORDER) && IsOpaqueBorder(aBorder);
|
2011-11-23 17:59:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isSolidBorder && currentBackgroundClip == NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER) {
|
|
|
|
// If we have rounded corners, we need to inflate the background
|
|
|
|
// drawing area a bit to avoid seams between the border and
|
|
|
|
// background.
|
|
|
|
currentBackgroundClip = haveRoundedCorners ?
|
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_MOZ_ALMOST_PADDING : NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_PADDING;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GetBackgroundClip(ctx, currentBackgroundClip, aForFrame, aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
aDirtyRect, haveRoundedCorners, bgRadii, appUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
|
|
&clipState);
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we might be using a background color, go ahead and set it now.
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (drawBackgroundColor && !isCanvasFrame)
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
ctx->SetColor(gfxRGBA(bgColor));
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContextAutoSaveRestore autoSR;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// If there is no background image, draw a color. (If there is
|
|
|
|
// neither a background image nor a color, we wouldn't have gotten
|
|
|
|
// this far.)
|
|
|
|
if (!drawBackgroundImage) {
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!isCanvasFrame) {
|
|
|
|
DrawBackgroundColor(clipState, ctx, haveRoundedCorners, appUnitsPerPixel);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-01-09 00:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-01-08 10:19:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bg->mImageCount < 1) {
|
|
|
|
// Return if there are no background layers, all work from this point
|
|
|
|
// onwards happens iteratively on these.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Validate the layer range before we start iterating.
|
|
|
|
int32_t startLayer = aLayer;
|
|
|
|
int32_t nLayers = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (startLayer < 0) {
|
|
|
|
startLayer = (int32_t)bg->mImageCount - 1;
|
|
|
|
nLayers = bg->mImageCount;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-04-07 17:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
// Ensure we get invalidated for loads of the image. We need to do
|
|
|
|
// this here because this might be the only code that knows about the
|
2009-02-19 19:03:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// association of the style data with the frame.
|
2012-08-13 22:04:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aBackgroundSC != aForFrame->GetStyleContext()) {
|
|
|
|
ImageLoader* loader = aPresContext->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_VISIBLE_BACKGROUND_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT_WITH_RANGE(i, bg, startLayer, nLayers) {
|
2012-08-13 22:04:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bg->mLayers[i].mImage.GetType() == eStyleImageType_Image) {
|
|
|
|
imgIRequest *image = bg->mLayers[i].mImage.GetImageData();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
loader->AssociateRequestToFrame(image, aForFrame);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-19 19:03:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// The background color is rendered over the entire dirty area,
|
|
|
|
// even if the image isn't.
|
2009-07-04 09:30:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if (drawBackgroundColor && !isCanvasFrame) {
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawBackgroundColor(clipState, ctx, haveRoundedCorners, appUnitsPerPixel);
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (drawBackgroundImage) {
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
bool clipSet = false;
|
2012-09-13 10:34:23 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_FOR_VISIBLE_BACKGROUND_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT_WITH_RANGE(i, bg, startLayer, nLayers) {
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground::Layer &layer = bg->mLayers[i];
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!aBGClipRect) {
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t newBackgroundClip = layer.mClip;
|
2011-11-23 17:59:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (isSolidBorder && newBackgroundClip == NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER) {
|
|
|
|
newBackgroundClip = haveRoundedCorners ?
|
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_MOZ_ALMOST_PADDING : NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_PADDING;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (currentBackgroundClip != newBackgroundClip || !clipSet) {
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
currentBackgroundClip = newBackgroundClip;
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
// If clipSet is false that means this is the bottom layer and we
|
|
|
|
// already called GetBackgroundClip above and it stored its results
|
|
|
|
// in clipState.
|
|
|
|
if (clipSet) {
|
|
|
|
GetBackgroundClip(ctx, currentBackgroundClip, aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
aBorderArea, aDirtyRect, haveRoundedCorners,
|
|
|
|
bgRadii, appUnitsPerPixel, &clipState);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
SetupBackgroundClip(clipState, ctx, haveRoundedCorners,
|
|
|
|
appUnitsPerPixel, &autoSR);
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
clipSet = true;
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!clipState.mDirtyRectGfx.IsEmpty()) {
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBackgroundLayerState state = PrepareBackgroundLayer(aPresContext, aForFrame,
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
aFlags, aBorderArea, clipState.mBGClipArea, *bg, layer);
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!state.mFillArea.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
state.mImageRenderer.Draw(aPresContext, aRenderingContext,
|
|
|
|
state.mDestArea, state.mFillArea,
|
2011-01-18 19:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
state.mAnchor + aBorderArea.TopLeft(),
|
|
|
|
clipState.mDirtyRect);
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline bool
|
2011-02-08 19:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IsTransformed(nsIFrame* aForFrame, nsIFrame* aTopFrame)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aForFrame; f != aTopFrame; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
|
|
if (f->IsTransformed()) {
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-02-08 19:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-02-08 19:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBackgroundLayerState
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PrepareBackgroundLayer(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags,
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBGClipRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground& aBackground,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground::Layer& aLayer)
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The background properties we need to keep in mind when drawing background
|
|
|
|
* layers are:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* background-image
|
|
|
|
* background-repeat
|
|
|
|
* background-attachment
|
|
|
|
* background-position
|
2010-06-09 01:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
* background-clip
|
|
|
|
* background-origin
|
2010-06-09 01:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
* background-size
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
* background-break (-moz-background-inline-policy)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* (background-color applies to the entire element and not to individual
|
|
|
|
* layers, so it is irrelevant to this method.)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* These properties have the following dependencies upon each other when
|
|
|
|
* determining rendering:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* background-image
|
|
|
|
* no dependencies
|
|
|
|
* background-repeat
|
|
|
|
* no dependencies
|
|
|
|
* background-attachment
|
|
|
|
* no dependencies
|
|
|
|
* background-position
|
|
|
|
* depends upon background-size (for the image's scaled size) and
|
|
|
|
* background-break (for the background positioning area)
|
|
|
|
* background-clip
|
|
|
|
* no dependencies
|
|
|
|
* background-origin
|
|
|
|
* depends upon background-attachment (only in the case where that value
|
|
|
|
* is 'fixed')
|
|
|
|
* background-size
|
|
|
|
* depends upon background-break (for the background positioning area for
|
|
|
|
* resolving percentages), background-image (for the image's intrinsic
|
|
|
|
* size), background-repeat (if that value is 'round'), and
|
|
|
|
* background-origin (for the background painting area, when
|
|
|
|
* background-repeat is 'round')
|
|
|
|
* background-break
|
|
|
|
* depends upon background-origin (specifying how the boxes making up the
|
|
|
|
* background positioning area are determined)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* As a result of only-if dependencies we don't strictly do a topological
|
|
|
|
* sort of the above properties when processing, but it's pretty close to one:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* background-clip (by caller)
|
|
|
|
* background-image
|
|
|
|
* background-break, background-origin
|
|
|
|
* background-attachment (postfix for background-{origin,break} if 'fixed')
|
|
|
|
* background-size
|
|
|
|
* background-position
|
|
|
|
* background-repeat
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t irFlags = 0;
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aFlags & nsCSSRendering::PAINTBG_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES) {
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
irFlags |= nsImageRenderer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES;
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBackgroundLayerState state(aForFrame, &aLayer.mImage, irFlags);
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!state.mImageRenderer.PrepareImage()) {
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// There's no image or it's not ready to be painted.
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
return state;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute background origin area relative to aBorderArea now as we may need
|
|
|
|
// it to compute the effective image size for a CSS gradient.
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect bgPositioningArea(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-31 20:19:18 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aForFrame->GetType();
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* geometryFrame = aForFrame;
|
2011-04-29 23:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame) {
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// XXXjwalden Strictly speaking this is not quite faithful to how
|
|
|
|
// background-break is supposed to interact with background-origin values,
|
|
|
|
// but it's a non-trivial amount of work to make it fully conformant, and
|
|
|
|
// until the specification is more finalized (and assuming background-break
|
|
|
|
// even makes the cut) it doesn't make sense to hammer out exact behavior.
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aBackground.mBackgroundInlinePolicy) {
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_INLINE_POLICY_EACH_BOX:
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea = nsRect(nsPoint(0,0), aBorderArea.Size());
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_INLINE_POLICY_BOUNDING_BOX:
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea = gInlineBGData->GetBoundingRect(aForFrame);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Unknown background-inline-policy value! "
|
|
|
|
"Please, teach me what to do.");
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_INLINE_POLICY_CONTINUOUS:
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea = gInlineBGData->GetContinuousRect(aForFrame);
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame) {
|
2011-08-24 20:54:30 +00:00
|
|
|
geometryFrame = aForFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
2009-03-18 00:33:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// geometryFrame might be null if this canvas is a page created
|
|
|
|
// as an overflow container (e.g. the in-flow content has already
|
|
|
|
// finished and this page only displays the continuations of
|
|
|
|
// absolutely positioned content).
|
|
|
|
if (geometryFrame) {
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea = geometryFrame->GetRect();
|
2009-03-18 00:33:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea = nsRect(nsPoint(0,0), aBorderArea.Size());
|
2003-01-17 09:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// Background images are tiled over the 'background-clip' area
|
|
|
|
// but the origin of the tiling is based on the 'background-origin' area
|
2009-03-18 00:33:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aLayer.mOrigin != NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_BORDER && geometryFrame) {
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
nsMargin border = geometryFrame->GetUsedBorder();
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aLayer.mOrigin != NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING) {
|
2010-06-09 01:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
border += geometryFrame->GetUsedPadding();
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aLayer.mOrigin == NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_CONTENT,
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
"unknown background-origin value");
|
1999-08-27 14:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-06-09 01:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
geometryFrame->ApplySkipSides(border);
|
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea.Deflate(border);
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-01-15 18:25:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-07 00:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// For background-attachment:fixed backgrounds, we'll limit the area
|
|
|
|
// where the background can be drawn to the viewport.
|
|
|
|
nsRect bgClipRect = aBGClipRect;
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// Compute the anchor point.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2008-11-04 22:01:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// relative to aBorderArea.TopLeft() (which is where the top-left
|
|
|
|
// of aForFrame's border-box will be rendered)
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
nsPoint imageTopLeft;
|
2009-02-20 05:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_BG_ATTACHMENT_FIXED == aLayer.mAttachment) {
|
2010-07-15 21:08:02 +00:00
|
|
|
aPresContext->SetHasFixedBackgroundFrame();
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-04 01:13:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// If it's a fixed background attachment, then the image is placed
|
|
|
|
// relative to the viewport, which is the area of the root frame
|
|
|
|
// in a screen context or the page content frame in a print context.
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* topFrame =
|
2004-09-02 03:08:51 +00:00
|
|
|
aPresContext->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
2007-07-04 01:13:07 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(topFrame, "no root frame");
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* pageContentFrame = nullptr;
|
2004-03-03 18:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aPresContext->IsPaginated()) {
|
2008-02-06 18:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
pageContentFrame =
|
2007-07-04 01:13:07 +00:00
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(aForFrame, nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (pageContentFrame) {
|
|
|
|
topFrame = pageContentFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// else this is an embedded shell and its root frame is what we want
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-08-17 23:26:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-07 00:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set the background positioning area to the viewport's area
|
|
|
|
// (relative to aForFrame)
|
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea = nsRect(-aForFrame->GetOffsetTo(topFrame), topFrame->GetSize());
|
2008-02-06 18:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!pageContentFrame) {
|
|
|
|
// Subtract the size of scrollbars.
|
|
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame =
|
|
|
|
aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
|
|
|
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|
|
|
nsMargin scrollbars = scrollableFrame->GetActualScrollbarSizes();
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bgPositioningArea.Deflate(scrollbars);
|
2008-02-06 18:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-08 19:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aFlags & nsCSSRendering::PAINTBG_TO_WINDOW &&
|
|
|
|
!IsTransformed(aForFrame, topFrame)) {
|
2010-01-07 00:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
// Clip background-attachment:fixed backgrounds to the viewport, if we're
|
2011-02-08 19:29:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// painting to the screen and not transformed. This avoids triggering
|
|
|
|
// tiling in common cases, without affecting output since drawing is
|
|
|
|
// always clipped to the viewport when we draw to the screen. (But it's
|
|
|
|
// not a pure optimization since it can affect the values of pixels at the
|
|
|
|
// edge of the viewport --- whether they're sampled from a putative "next
|
|
|
|
// tile" or not.)
|
2010-01-07 00:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
bgClipRect.IntersectRect(bgClipRect, bgPositioningArea + aBorderArea.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-22 17:10:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// Scale the image as specified for background-size and as required for
|
|
|
|
// proper background positioning when background-position is defined with
|
|
|
|
// percentages.
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
nsSize imageSize = state.mImageRenderer.ComputeSize(aLayer.mSize, bgPositioningArea.Size());
|
|
|
|
if (imageSize.width <= 0 || imageSize.height <= 0)
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
2009-05-28 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the position of the background now that the background's size is
|
|
|
|
// determined.
|
|
|
|
ComputeBackgroundAnchorPoint(aLayer, bgPositioningArea.Size(), imageSize,
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
&imageTopLeft, &state.mAnchor);
|
2010-01-07 00:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
imageTopLeft += bgPositioningArea.TopLeft();
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
state.mAnchor += bgPositioningArea.TopLeft();
|
2001-08-17 23:26:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
state.mDestArea = nsRect(imageTopLeft + aBorderArea.TopLeft(), imageSize);
|
|
|
|
state.mFillArea = state.mDestArea;
|
2012-08-09 07:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
int repeatX = aLayer.mRepeat.mXRepeat;
|
|
|
|
int repeatY = aLayer.mRepeat.mYRepeat;
|
2012-02-25 05:23:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (repeatX == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT) {
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
state.mFillArea.x = bgClipRect.x;
|
|
|
|
state.mFillArea.width = bgClipRect.width;
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2012-02-25 05:23:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (repeatY == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT) {
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
state.mFillArea.y = bgClipRect.y;
|
|
|
|
state.mFillArea.height = bgClipRect.height;
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
state.mFillArea.IntersectRect(state.mFillArea, bgClipRect);
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1998-07-30 23:31:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::GetBackgroundLayerRect(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground& aBackground,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground::Layer& aLayer)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBackgroundLayerState state =
|
2011-01-03 01:48:09 +00:00
|
|
|
PrepareBackgroundLayer(aPresContext, aForFrame, 0, aBorderArea,
|
|
|
|
aBorderArea, aBackground, aLayer);
|
|
|
|
return state.mFillArea;
|
2002-10-08 10:24:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawBorderImage(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorderArea,
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder& aStyleBorder,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-04 11:41:02 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aStyleBorder.IsBorderImageLoaded(),
|
|
|
|
"drawing border image that isn't successfully loaded");
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aDirtyRect.IsEmpty())
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-19 19:03:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// Ensure we get invalidated for loads and animations of the image.
|
|
|
|
// We need to do this here because this might be the only code that
|
|
|
|
// knows about the association of the style data with the frame.
|
|
|
|
// XXX We shouldn't really... since if anybody is passing in a
|
|
|
|
// different style, they'll potentially have the wrong size for the
|
|
|
|
// border too.
|
2012-04-07 17:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
imgIRequest *req = aStyleBorder.GetBorderImage();
|
2012-08-13 22:04:19 +00:00
|
|
|
ImageLoader* loader = aPresContext->Document()->StyleImageLoader();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If this fails there's not much we can do ...
|
|
|
|
loader->AssociateRequestToFrame(req, aForFrame);
|
2009-02-19 19:03:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// Get the actual image.
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> imgContainer;
|
|
|
|
req->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(imgContainer));
|
2011-04-04 11:41:02 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(imgContainer, "no image to draw");
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIntSize imageSize;
|
2010-09-10 17:42:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(imgContainer->GetWidth(&imageSize.width))) {
|
|
|
|
imageSize.width =
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aBorderArea.width);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(imgContainer->GetHeight(&imageSize.height))) {
|
|
|
|
imageSize.height =
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aBorderArea.height);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// Determine the border image area, which by default corresponds to the
|
|
|
|
// border box but can be modified by 'border-image-outset'.
|
|
|
|
nsRect borderImgArea(aBorderArea);
|
|
|
|
borderImgArea.Inflate(aStyleBorder.GetImageOutset());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the used values of 'border-image-slice' and 'border-image-width';
|
|
|
|
// we do them together because the latter can depend on the former.
|
|
|
|
nsIntMargin slice;
|
|
|
|
nsMargin border;
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(s) {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord = aStyleBorder.mBorderImageSlice.Get(s);
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t imgDimension = NS_SIDE_IS_VERTICAL(s)
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
? imageSize.width : imageSize.height;
|
|
|
|
nscoord borderDimension = NS_SIDE_IS_VERTICAL(s)
|
|
|
|
? borderImgArea.width : borderImgArea.height;
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
double value;
|
|
|
|
switch (coord.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Percent:
|
|
|
|
value = coord.GetPercentValue() * imgDimension;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Factor:
|
|
|
|
value = coord.GetFactorValue();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected CSS unit for image slice");
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
value = 0;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (value < 0)
|
|
|
|
value = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (value > imgDimension)
|
|
|
|
value = imgDimension;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.Side(s) = NS_lround(value);
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-31 05:19:49 +00:00
|
|
|
nsMargin borderWidths(aStyleBorder.GetComputedBorder());
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
coord = aStyleBorder.mBorderImageWidth.Get(s);
|
|
|
|
switch (coord.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Coord: // absolute dimension
|
|
|
|
value = coord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Percent:
|
|
|
|
value = coord.GetPercentValue() * borderDimension;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Factor:
|
|
|
|
value = coord.GetFactorValue() * borderWidths.Side(s);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Auto: // same as the slice value, in CSS pixels
|
|
|
|
value = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(slice.Side(s));
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected CSS unit for border image area division");
|
|
|
|
value = 0;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
border.Side(s) = NS_lround(value);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// "If two opposite border-image-width offsets are large enough that they
|
|
|
|
// overlap, their used values are proportionately reduced until they no
|
|
|
|
// longer overlap."
|
|
|
|
double scaleX = border.left + border.right > borderImgArea.width
|
|
|
|
? borderImgArea.width / double(border.left + border.right)
|
|
|
|
: 1.0;
|
|
|
|
double scaleY = border.top + border.bottom > borderImgArea.height
|
|
|
|
? borderImgArea.height / double(border.top + border.bottom)
|
|
|
|
: 1.0;
|
|
|
|
double scale = NS_MIN(scaleX, scaleY);
|
|
|
|
if (scale < 1.0) {
|
|
|
|
border.left *= scale;
|
|
|
|
border.right *= scale;
|
|
|
|
border.top *= scale;
|
|
|
|
border.bottom *= scale;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(border.left + border.right <= borderImgArea.width &&
|
|
|
|
border.top + border.bottom <= borderImgArea.height,
|
|
|
|
"rounding error in width reduction???");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// These helper tables recharacterize the 'slice' and 'width' margins
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// in a more convenient form: they are the x/y/width/height coords
|
|
|
|
// required for various bands of the border, and they have been transformed
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// to be relative to the innerRect (for 'slice') or the page (for 'border').
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
LEFT, MIDDLE, RIGHT,
|
|
|
|
TOP = LEFT, BOTTOM = RIGHT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const nscoord borderX[3] = {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
borderImgArea.x + 0,
|
|
|
|
borderImgArea.x + border.left,
|
|
|
|
borderImgArea.x + borderImgArea.width - border.right,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const nscoord borderY[3] = {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
borderImgArea.y + 0,
|
|
|
|
borderImgArea.y + border.top,
|
|
|
|
borderImgArea.y + borderImgArea.height - border.bottom,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const nscoord borderWidth[3] = {
|
|
|
|
border.left,
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
borderImgArea.width - border.left - border.right,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
border.right,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const nscoord borderHeight[3] = {
|
|
|
|
border.top,
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
borderImgArea.height - border.top - border.bottom,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
border.bottom,
|
|
|
|
};
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const int32_t sliceX[3] = {
|
Bug 753 - Remove nsIImage, gfxIImageFrame, and their implementations, and expose an equivalent api on imgIContainer. r=roc,josh,bz,longsonr,vlad,karlt,jimm,bsmedberg,mfinkle,peterw,peterv sr=vlad,roc
--HG--
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.cpp => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.cpp
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.h => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.h
2009-07-21 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
0,
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.left,
|
|
|
|
imageSize.width - slice.right,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const int32_t sliceY[3] = {
|
Bug 753 - Remove nsIImage, gfxIImageFrame, and their implementations, and expose an equivalent api on imgIContainer. r=roc,josh,bz,longsonr,vlad,karlt,jimm,bsmedberg,mfinkle,peterw,peterv sr=vlad,roc
--HG--
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.cpp => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.cpp
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.h => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.h
2009-07-21 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
0,
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.top,
|
|
|
|
imageSize.height - slice.bottom,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const int32_t sliceWidth[3] = {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.left,
|
2012-09-27 21:44:47 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_MAX(imageSize.width - slice.left - slice.right, 0),
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.right,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const int32_t sliceHeight[3] = {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.top,
|
2012-09-27 21:44:47 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_MAX(imageSize.height - slice.top - slice.bottom, 0),
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
slice.bottom,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// In all the 'factor' calculations below, 'border' measurements are
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// in app units but 'slice' measurements are in image/CSS pixels, so
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// the factor corresponding to no additional scaling is
|
|
|
|
// CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1), not simply 1.
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
for (int i = LEFT; i <= RIGHT; i++) {
|
|
|
|
for (int j = TOP; j <= BOTTOM; j++) {
|
|
|
|
nsRect destArea(borderX[i], borderY[j], borderWidth[i], borderHeight[j]);
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIntRect subArea(sliceX[i], sliceY[j], sliceWidth[i], sliceHeight[j]);
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t fillStyleH, fillStyleV;
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
nsSize unitSize;
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i == MIDDLE && j == MIDDLE) {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
// Discard the middle portion unless set to fill.
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_SLICE_NOFILL ==
|
|
|
|
aStyleBorder.mBorderImageFill) {
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_SLICE_FILL ==
|
|
|
|
aStyleBorder.mBorderImageFill,
|
|
|
|
"Unexpected border image fill");
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// css-background:
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// The middle image's width is scaled by the same factor as the
|
|
|
|
// top image unless that factor is zero or infinity, in which
|
|
|
|
// case the scaling factor of the bottom is substituted, and
|
|
|
|
// failing that, the width is not scaled. The height of the
|
|
|
|
// middle image is scaled by the same factor as the left image
|
|
|
|
// unless that factor is zero or infinity, in which case the
|
|
|
|
// scaling factor of the right image is substituted, and failing
|
|
|
|
// that, the height is not scaled.
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat hFactor, vFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (0 < border.left && 0 < slice.left)
|
|
|
|
vFactor = gfxFloat(border.left)/slice.left;
|
|
|
|
else if (0 < border.right && 0 < slice.right)
|
|
|
|
vFactor = gfxFloat(border.right)/slice.right;
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
vFactor = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (0 < border.top && 0 < slice.top)
|
|
|
|
hFactor = gfxFloat(border.top)/slice.top;
|
|
|
|
else if (0 < border.bottom && 0 < slice.bottom)
|
|
|
|
hFactor = gfxFloat(border.bottom)/slice.bottom;
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
hFactor = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
unitSize.width = sliceWidth[i]*hFactor;
|
|
|
|
unitSize.height = sliceHeight[j]*vFactor;
|
|
|
|
fillStyleH = aStyleBorder.mBorderImageRepeatH;
|
|
|
|
fillStyleV = aStyleBorder.mBorderImageRepeatV;
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (i == MIDDLE) { // top, bottom
|
|
|
|
// Sides are always stretched to the thickness of their border,
|
|
|
|
// and stretched proportionately on the other axis.
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat factor;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (0 < borderHeight[j] && 0 < sliceHeight[j])
|
|
|
|
factor = gfxFloat(borderHeight[j])/sliceHeight[j];
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
factor = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
unitSize.width = sliceWidth[i]*factor;
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
unitSize.height = borderHeight[j];
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
fillStyleH = aStyleBorder.mBorderImageRepeatH;
|
|
|
|
fillStyleV = NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH;
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (j == MIDDLE) { // left, right
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat factor;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (0 < borderWidth[i] && 0 < sliceWidth[i])
|
|
|
|
factor = gfxFloat(borderWidth[i])/sliceWidth[i];
|
2009-02-24 08:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
factor = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1);
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
unitSize.width = borderWidth[i];
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
unitSize.height = sliceHeight[j]*factor;
|
|
|
|
fillStyleH = NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH;
|
|
|
|
fillStyleV = aStyleBorder.mBorderImageRepeatV;
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// Corners are always stretched to fit the corner.
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
unitSize.width = borderWidth[i];
|
|
|
|
unitSize.height = borderHeight[j];
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
fillStyleH = NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH;
|
|
|
|
fillStyleV = NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH;
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-07 10:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-05 09:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawBorderImageComponent(aRenderingContext, aForFrame,
|
Bug 753 - Remove nsIImage, gfxIImageFrame, and their implementations, and expose an equivalent api on imgIContainer. r=roc,josh,bz,longsonr,vlad,karlt,jimm,bsmedberg,mfinkle,peterw,peterv sr=vlad,roc
--HG--
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.cpp => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.cpp
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.h => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.h
2009-07-21 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
imgContainer, aDirtyRect,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
destArea, subArea,
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
fillStyleH, fillStyleV,
|
|
|
|
unitSize, aStyleBorder, i * (RIGHT + 1) + j);
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-25 16:03:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawBorderImageComponent(nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
2009-04-05 09:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
Bug 753 - Remove nsIImage, gfxIImageFrame, and their implementations, and expose an equivalent api on imgIContainer. r=roc,josh,bz,longsonr,vlad,karlt,jimm,bsmedberg,mfinkle,peterw,peterv sr=vlad,roc
--HG--
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.cpp => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.cpp
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.h => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.h
2009-07-21 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
|
|
const nsIntRect& aSrc,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aHFill,
|
|
|
|
uint8_t aVFill,
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsSize& aUnitSize,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder& aStyleBorder,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aIndex)
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aFill.IsEmpty() || aSrc.IsEmpty())
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2009-02-07 10:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Don't bother trying to cache sub images if the border image is animated
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// We can only sucessfully call GetAnimated() if we are fully decoded, so default to true
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool animated = true;
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aImage->GetAnimated(&animated);
|
|
|
|
|
Bug 753 - Remove nsIImage, gfxIImageFrame, and their implementations, and expose an equivalent api on imgIContainer. r=roc,josh,bz,longsonr,vlad,karlt,jimm,bsmedberg,mfinkle,peterw,peterv sr=vlad,roc
--HG--
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.cpp => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.cpp
rename : gfx/src/shared/gfxImageFrame.h => modules/libpr0n/src/imgFrame.h
2009-07-21 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> subImage;
|
2009-11-14 04:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (animated || (subImage = aStyleBorder.GetSubImage(aIndex)) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(aImage->ExtractFrame(imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT, aSrc,
|
|
|
|
imgIContainer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE,
|
|
|
|
getter_AddRefs(subImage))))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!animated)
|
|
|
|
aStyleBorder.SetSubImage(aIndex, subImage);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-05 09:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxPattern::GraphicsFilter graphicsFilter =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetGraphicsFilterForFrame(aForFrame);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we have no tiling in either direction, we can skip the intermediate
|
|
|
|
// scaling step.
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((aHFill == NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH &&
|
|
|
|
aVFill == NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH) ||
|
2009-02-20 03:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(aUnitSize.width == aFill.width &&
|
|
|
|
aUnitSize.height == aFill.height)) {
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleImage(&aRenderingContext, subImage,
|
2009-04-05 09:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
graphicsFilter,
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
aFill, aDirtyRect, imgIContainer::FLAG_NONE);
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// Compute the scale and position of the master copy of the image.
|
|
|
|
nsRect tile;
|
|
|
|
switch (aHFill) {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH:
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tile.x = aFill.x;
|
|
|
|
tile.width = aFill.width;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_REPEAT:
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tile.x = aFill.x + aFill.width/2 - aUnitSize.width/2;
|
|
|
|
tile.width = aUnitSize.width;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_ROUND:
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tile.x = aFill.x;
|
|
|
|
tile.width = aFill.width / ceil(gfxFloat(aFill.width)/aUnitSize.width);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unrecognized border-image fill style");
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aVFill) {
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH:
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tile.y = aFill.y;
|
|
|
|
tile.height = aFill.height;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_REPEAT:
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tile.y = aFill.y + aFill.height/2 - aUnitSize.height/2;
|
|
|
|
tile.height = aUnitSize.height;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-12-22 23:34:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_ROUND:
|
2009-02-16 01:04:03 +00:00
|
|
|
tile.y = aFill.y;
|
|
|
|
tile.height = aFill.height/ceil(gfxFloat(aFill.height)/aUnitSize.height);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unrecognized border-image fill style");
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-05 09:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage(&aRenderingContext, subImage, graphicsFilter,
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
tile, aFill, tile.TopLeft(), aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
imgIContainer::FLAG_NONE);
|
2008-07-17 06:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// Begin table border-collapsing section
|
|
|
|
// These functions were written to not disrupt the normal ones and yet satisfy some additional requirements
|
|
|
|
// At some point, all functions should be unified to include the additional functionality that these provide
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
RoundIntToPixel(nscoord aValue,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord aTwipsPerPixel,
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool aRoundDown = false)
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aTwipsPerPixel <= 0)
|
|
|
|
// We must be rendering to a device that has a resolution greater than Twips!
|
2002-04-06 22:28:39 +00:00
|
|
|
// In that case, aValue is as accurate as it's going to get.
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
return aValue;
|
2002-04-06 22:28:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord halfPixel = NSToCoordRound(aTwipsPerPixel / 2.0f);
|
|
|
|
nscoord extra = aValue % aTwipsPerPixel;
|
|
|
|
nscoord finalValue = (!aRoundDown && (extra >= halfPixel)) ? aValue + (aTwipsPerPixel - extra) : aValue - extra;
|
|
|
|
return finalValue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
RoundFloatToPixel(float aValue,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord aTwipsPerPixel,
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool aRoundDown = false)
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return RoundIntToPixel(NSToCoordRound(aValue), aTwipsPerPixel, aRoundDown);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
SetPoly(const nsRect& aRect,
|
|
|
|
nsPoint* poly)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
poly[0].x = aRect.x;
|
|
|
|
poly[0].y = aRect.y;
|
|
|
|
poly[1].x = aRect.x + aRect.width;
|
|
|
|
poly[1].y = aRect.y;
|
|
|
|
poly[2].x = aRect.x + aRect.width;
|
|
|
|
poly[2].y = aRect.y + aRect.height;
|
|
|
|
poly[3].x = aRect.x;
|
|
|
|
poly[3].y = aRect.y + aRect.height;
|
|
|
|
poly[4].x = aRect.x;
|
|
|
|
poly[4].y = aRect.y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(nsRenderingContext& aContext,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect aRect,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aTwipsPerPixel,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aStartBevelSide = 0,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord aStartBevelOffset = 0,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aEndBevelSide = 0,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord aEndBevelOffset = 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((aRect.width == aTwipsPerPixel) || (aRect.height == aTwipsPerPixel) ||
|
|
|
|
((0 == aStartBevelOffset) && (0 == aEndBevelOffset))) {
|
|
|
|
// simple line or rectangle
|
|
|
|
if ((NS_SIDE_TOP == aStartBevelSide) || (NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == aStartBevelSide)) {
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (1 == aRect.height)
|
2011-04-08 01:04:39 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.BottomLeft());
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.FillRect(aRect);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (1 == aRect.width)
|
2011-04-08 01:04:39 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.DrawLine(aRect.TopLeft(), aRect.TopRight());
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.FillRect(aRect);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// polygon with beveling
|
|
|
|
nsPoint poly[5];
|
|
|
|
SetPoly(aRect, poly);
|
|
|
|
switch(aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_TOP:
|
|
|
|
poly[0].x += aStartBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
poly[4].x = poly[0].x;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
|
|
|
poly[3].x += aStartBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_RIGHT:
|
|
|
|
poly[1].y += aStartBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_LEFT:
|
|
|
|
poly[0].y += aStartBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
poly[4].y = poly[0].y;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch(aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_TOP:
|
|
|
|
poly[1].x -= aEndBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_BOTTOM:
|
|
|
|
poly[2].x -= aEndBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_RIGHT:
|
|
|
|
poly[2].y -= aEndBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_SIDE_LEFT:
|
|
|
|
poly[3].y -= aEndBevelOffset;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aContext.FillPolygon(poly, 5);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
GetDashInfo(nscoord aBorderLength,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aDashLength,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aTwipsPerPixel,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t& aNumDashSpaces,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord& aStartDashLength,
|
|
|
|
nscoord& aEndDashLength)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
aNumDashSpaces = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartDashLength + aDashLength + aEndDashLength >= aBorderLength) {
|
|
|
|
aStartDashLength = aBorderLength;
|
|
|
|
aEndDashLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
2009-02-08 16:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
aNumDashSpaces = (aBorderLength - aDashLength)/ (2 * aDashLength); // round down
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord extra = aBorderLength - aStartDashLength - aEndDashLength - (((2 * aNumDashSpaces) - 1) * aDashLength);
|
|
|
|
if (extra > 0) {
|
|
|
|
nscoord half = RoundIntToPixel(extra / 2, aTwipsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
aStartDashLength += half;
|
|
|
|
aEndDashLength += (extra - half);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2011-04-08 01:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::DrawTableBorderSegment(nsRenderingContext& aContext,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aBorderStyle,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscolor aBorderColor,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground* aBGColor,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aBorder,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerCSSPixel,
|
|
|
|
uint8_t aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord aStartBevelOffset,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t aEndBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord aEndBevelOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.SetColor (aBorderColor);
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool horizontal = ((NS_SIDE_TOP == aStartBevelSide) || (NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == aStartBevelSide));
|
2007-02-23 17:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord twipsPerPixel = NSIntPixelsToAppUnits(1, aAppUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint8_t ridgeGroove = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE;
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((twipsPerPixel >= aBorder.width) || (twipsPerPixel >= aBorder.height) ||
|
|
|
|
(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED == aBorderStyle) || (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED == aBorderStyle)) {
|
|
|
|
// no beveling for 1 pixel border, dash or dot
|
|
|
|
aStartBevelOffset = 0;
|
|
|
|
aEndBevelOffset = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-18 23:01:15 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aContext.ThebesContext();
|
2007-02-23 17:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext::AntialiasMode oldMode = ctx->CurrentAntialiasMode();
|
|
|
|
ctx->SetAntialiasMode(gfxContext::MODE_ALIASED);
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aBorderStyle) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN:
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
//NS_ASSERTION(false, "style of none or hidden");
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED:
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED:
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nscoord dashLength = (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED == aBorderStyle) ? DASH_LENGTH : DOT_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
// make the dash length proportional to the border thickness
|
|
|
|
dashLength *= (horizontal) ? aBorder.height : aBorder.width;
|
|
|
|
// make the min dash length for the ends 1/2 the dash length
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord minDashLength = (NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED == aBorderStyle)
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
? RoundFloatToPixel(((float)dashLength) / 2.0f, twipsPerPixel) : dashLength;
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
minDashLength = NS_MAX(minDashLength, twipsPerPixel);
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord numDashSpaces = 0;
|
|
|
|
nscoord startDashLength = minDashLength;
|
|
|
|
nscoord endDashLength = minDashLength;
|
|
|
|
if (horizontal) {
|
|
|
|
GetDashInfo(aBorder.width, dashLength, twipsPerPixel, numDashSpaces, startDashLength, endDashLength);
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect(aBorder.x, aBorder.y, startDashLength, aBorder.height);
|
2007-03-30 02:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
for (int32_t spaceX = 0; spaceX < numDashSpaces; spaceX++) {
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.x += rect.width + dashLength;
|
|
|
|
rect.width = (spaceX == (numDashSpaces - 1)) ? endDashLength : dashLength;
|
2007-03-30 02:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
GetDashInfo(aBorder.height, dashLength, twipsPerPixel, numDashSpaces, startDashLength, endDashLength);
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect(aBorder.x, aBorder.y, aBorder.width, startDashLength);
|
2007-03-30 02:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
for (int32_t spaceY = 0; spaceY < numDashSpaces; spaceY++) {
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.y += rect.height + dashLength;
|
|
|
|
rect.height = (spaceY == (numDashSpaces - 1)) ? endDashLength : dashLength;
|
2007-03-30 02:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel);
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE:
|
|
|
|
ridgeGroove = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE; // and fall through to ridge
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE:
|
|
|
|
if ((horizontal && (twipsPerPixel >= aBorder.height)) ||
|
|
|
|
(!horizontal && (twipsPerPixel >= aBorder.width))) {
|
|
|
|
// a one pixel border
|
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, aBorder, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide, aStartBevelOffset,
|
|
|
|
aEndBevelSide, aEndBevelOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord startBevel = (aStartBevelOffset > 0)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
? RoundFloatToPixel(0.5f * (float)aStartBevelOffset, twipsPerPixel, true) : 0;
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord endBevel = (aEndBevelOffset > 0)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
? RoundFloatToPixel(0.5f * (float)aEndBevelOffset, twipsPerPixel, true) : 0;
|
2010-04-27 16:15:02 +00:00
|
|
|
mozilla::css::Side ridgeGrooveSide = (horizontal) ? NS_SIDE_TOP : NS_SIDE_LEFT;
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: In theory, this should use the visited-dependent
|
|
|
|
// background color, but I don't care.
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.SetColor (
|
2007-02-01 02:45:55 +00:00
|
|
|
MakeBevelColor(ridgeGrooveSide, ridgeGroove, aBGColor->mBackgroundColor, aBorderColor));
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect rect(aBorder);
|
|
|
|
nscoord half;
|
|
|
|
if (horizontal) { // top, bottom
|
|
|
|
half = RoundFloatToPixel(0.5f * (float)aBorder.height, twipsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
rect.height = half;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_TOP == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.x += startBevel;
|
|
|
|
rect.width -= startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_TOP == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.width -= endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else { // left, right
|
|
|
|
half = RoundFloatToPixel(0.5f * (float)aBorder.width, twipsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
rect.width = half;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_LEFT == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.y += startBevel;
|
|
|
|
rect.height -= startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_LEFT == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.height -= endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rect = aBorder;
|
|
|
|
ridgeGrooveSide = (NS_SIDE_TOP == ridgeGrooveSide) ? NS_SIDE_BOTTOM : NS_SIDE_RIGHT;
|
2010-04-03 01:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: In theory, this should use the visited-dependent
|
|
|
|
// background color, but I don't care.
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
aContext.SetColor (
|
2007-02-01 02:45:55 +00:00
|
|
|
MakeBevelColor(ridgeGrooveSide, ridgeGroove, aBGColor->mBackgroundColor, aBorderColor));
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (horizontal) {
|
|
|
|
rect.y = rect.y + half;
|
|
|
|
rect.height = aBorder.height - half;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.x += startBevel;
|
|
|
|
rect.width -= startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.width -= endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
rect.x = rect.x + half;
|
|
|
|
rect.width = aBorder.width - half;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_RIGHT == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.y += aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
rect.height -= startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_RIGHT == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rect.height -= endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_DOUBLE:
|
2011-05-04 17:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
// We can only do "double" borders if the thickness of the border
|
|
|
|
// is more than 2px. Otherwise, we fall through to painting a
|
|
|
|
// solid border.
|
|
|
|
if ((aBorder.width > 2*twipsPerPixel || horizontal) &&
|
|
|
|
(aBorder.height > 2*twipsPerPixel || !horizontal)) {
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord startBevel = (aStartBevelOffset > 0)
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
? RoundFloatToPixel(0.333333f * (float)aStartBevelOffset, twipsPerPixel) : 0;
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord endBevel = (aEndBevelOffset > 0)
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
? RoundFloatToPixel(0.333333f * (float)aEndBevelOffset, twipsPerPixel) : 0;
|
|
|
|
if (horizontal) { // top, bottom
|
|
|
|
nscoord thirdHeight = RoundFloatToPixel(0.333333f * (float)aBorder.height, twipsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// draw the top line or rect
|
|
|
|
nsRect topRect(aBorder.x, aBorder.y, aBorder.width, thirdHeight);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_TOP == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
topRect.x += aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
topRect.width -= aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_TOP == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
topRect.width -= aEndBevelOffset - endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, topRect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// draw the botom line or rect
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord heightOffset = aBorder.height - thirdHeight;
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect bottomRect(aBorder.x, aBorder.y + heightOffset, aBorder.width, aBorder.height - heightOffset);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
bottomRect.x += aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
bottomRect.width -= aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
bottomRect.width -= aEndBevelOffset - endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, bottomRect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else { // left, right
|
|
|
|
nscoord thirdWidth = RoundFloatToPixel(0.333333f * (float)aBorder.width, twipsPerPixel);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect leftRect(aBorder.x, aBorder.y, thirdWidth, aBorder.height);
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_LEFT == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
leftRect.y += aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
leftRect.height -= aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_LEFT == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
leftRect.height -= aEndBevelOffset - endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, leftRect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nscoord widthOffset = aBorder.width - thirdWidth;
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect rightRect(aBorder.x + widthOffset, aBorder.y, aBorder.width - widthOffset, aBorder.height);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_RIGHT == aStartBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rightRect.y += aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
rightRect.height -= aStartBevelOffset - startBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SIDE_RIGHT == aEndBevelSide) {
|
|
|
|
rightRect.height -= aEndBevelOffset - endBevel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, rightRect, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
|
|
|
startBevel, aEndBevelSide, endBevel);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// else fall through to solid
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID:
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
DrawSolidBorderSegment(aContext, aBorder, twipsPerPixel, aStartBevelSide,
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aStartBevelOffset, aEndBevelSide, aEndBevelOffset);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_INSET:
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(false, "inset, outset should have been converted to groove, ridge");
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2005-03-27 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_AUTO:
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(false, "Unexpected 'auto' table border");
|
2005-03-27 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-23 17:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ctx->SetAntialiasMode(oldMode);
|
2002-02-19 15:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// End table border-collapsing section
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::ExpandPaintingRectForDecorationLine(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const uint8_t aStyle,
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxRect& aClippedRect,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aXInFrame,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aCycleLength)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch (aStyle) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DOTTED:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DASHED:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_WAVY:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Invalid style was specified");
|
|
|
|
return aClippedRect;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
nsBlockFrame* block = nullptr;
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
// Note that when we paint the decoration lines in relative positioned
|
|
|
|
// box, we should paint them like all of the boxes are positioned as static.
|
|
|
|
nscoord relativeX = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
|
|
block = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
|
|
if (block) {
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
relativeX += f->GetRelativeOffset(f->GetStyleDisplay()).x;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(block, aClippedRect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nscoord frameXInBlockAppUnits = aFrame->GetOffsetTo(block).x - relativeX;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext *pc = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat frameXInBlock = pc->AppUnitsToGfxUnits(frameXInBlockAppUnits);
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t rectXInBlock = int32_t(NS_round(frameXInBlock + aXInFrame));
|
|
|
|
int32_t extraLeft =
|
|
|
|
rectXInBlock - (rectXInBlock / int32_t(aCycleLength) * aCycleLength);
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect rect(aClippedRect);
|
|
|
|
rect.x -= extraLeft;
|
|
|
|
rect.width += extraLeft;
|
|
|
|
return rect;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintDecorationLine(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
|
|
gfxContext* aGfxContext,
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxRect& aDirtyRect,
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const nscolor aColor,
|
|
|
|
const gfxPoint& aPt,
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aXInFrame,
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aLineSize,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aAscent,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aOffset,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const uint8_t aDecoration,
|
|
|
|
const uint8_t aStyle,
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aDescentLimit)
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aStyle != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_NONE, "aStyle is none");
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect rect =
|
|
|
|
GetTextDecorationRectInternal(aPt, aLineSize, aAscent, aOffset,
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aDecoration, aStyle, aDescentLimit);
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rect.IsEmpty() || !rect.Intersects(aDirtyRect)) {
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-23 05:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aDecoration != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE &&
|
|
|
|
aDecoration != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE &&
|
|
|
|
aDecoration != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH) {
|
2008-01-10 22:10:38 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Invalid decoration value!");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat lineHeight = NS_MAX(NS_round(aLineSize.height), 1.0);
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool contextIsSaved = false;
|
2008-01-10 22:10:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat oldLineWidth;
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<gfxPattern> oldPattern;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aStyle) {
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DOUBLE:
|
2008-01-10 22:10:38 +00:00
|
|
|
oldLineWidth = aGfxContext->CurrentLineWidth();
|
|
|
|
oldPattern = aGfxContext->GetPattern();
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DASHED: {
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Save();
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
contextIsSaved = true;
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Clip(rect);
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat dashWidth = lineHeight * DOT_LENGTH * DASH_LENGTH;
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat dash[2] = { dashWidth, dashWidth };
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetLineCap(gfxContext::LINE_CAP_BUTT);
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetDash(dash, 2, 0.0);
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rect = ExpandPaintingRectForDecorationLine(aFrame, aStyle, rect,
|
|
|
|
aXInFrame, dashWidth * 2);
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// We should continue to draw the last dash even if it is not in the rect.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.width += dashWidth;
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DOTTED: {
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Save();
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
contextIsSaved = true;
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Clip(rect);
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat dashWidth = lineHeight * DOT_LENGTH;
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat dash[2];
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (lineHeight > 2.0) {
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dash[0] = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
dash[1] = dashWidth * 2.0;
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetLineCap(gfxContext::LINE_CAP_ROUND);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
dash[0] = dashWidth;
|
|
|
|
dash[1] = dashWidth;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetDash(dash, 2, 0.0);
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
rect = ExpandPaintingRectForDecorationLine(aFrame, aStyle, rect,
|
|
|
|
aXInFrame, dashWidth * 2);
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// We should continue to draw the last dot even if it is not in the rect.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.width += dashWidth;
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_WAVY:
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Save();
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
contextIsSaved = true;
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Clip(rect);
|
|
|
|
if (lineHeight > 2.0) {
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetAntialiasMode(gfxContext::MODE_COVERAGE);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Don't use anti-aliasing here. Because looks like lighter color wavy
|
|
|
|
// line at this case. And probably, users don't think the
|
|
|
|
// non-anti-aliased wavy line is not pretty.
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetAntialiasMode(gfxContext::MODE_ALIASED);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Invalid style value!");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The y position should be set to the middle of the line.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.y += lineHeight / 2;
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetColor(gfxRGBA(aColor));
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetLineWidth(lineHeight);
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aStyle) {
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID:
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->NewPath();
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->MoveTo(rect.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(rect.TopRight());
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Stroke();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DOUBLE:
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* We are drawing double line as:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* +-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| ^
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| | lineHeight
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| v
|
|
|
|
* | |
|
|
|
|
* | |
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| ^
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| | lineHeight
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| v
|
|
|
|
* +-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->NewPath();
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->MoveTo(rect.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(rect.TopRight());
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.height -= lineHeight;
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->MoveTo(rect.BottomLeft());
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(rect.BottomRight());
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Stroke();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DOTTED:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DASHED:
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->NewPath();
|
2008-04-07 23:57:13 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->MoveTo(rect.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(rect.TopRight());
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Stroke();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_WAVY: {
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* We are drawing wavy line as:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* P: Path, X: Painted pixel
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* +---------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
* XX|X XXXXXX XXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
* PP|PX XPPPPPPX XPPPPPPX | ^
|
|
|
|
* XX|XPX XPXXXXXXPX XPXXXXXXPX| |
|
|
|
|
* | XPX XPX XPX XPX XP|X |adv
|
|
|
|
* | XPXXXXXXPX XPXXXXXXPX X|PX |
|
|
|
|
* | XPPPPPPX XPPPPPPX |XPX v
|
|
|
|
* | XXXXXX XXXXXX | XX
|
|
|
|
* +---------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
* <---><---> ^
|
|
|
|
* adv flatLengthAtVertex rightMost
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* 1. Always starts from top-left of the drawing area, however, we need
|
|
|
|
* to draw the line from outside of the rect. Because the start
|
|
|
|
* point of the line is not good style if we draw from inside it.
|
|
|
|
* 2. First, draw horizontal line from outside the rect to top-left of
|
|
|
|
* the rect;
|
|
|
|
* 3. Goes down to bottom of the area at 45 degrees.
|
|
|
|
* 4. Slides to right horizontaly, see |flatLengthAtVertex|.
|
|
|
|
* 5. Goes up to top of the area at 45 degrees.
|
|
|
|
* 6. Slides to right horizontaly.
|
|
|
|
* 7. Repeat from 2 until reached to right-most edge of the area.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat adv = rect.Height() - lineHeight;
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat flatLengthAtVertex = NS_MAX((lineHeight - 1.0) * 2.0, 1.0);
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-04 05:59:50 +00:00
|
|
|
// Align the start of wavy lines to the nearest ancestor block.
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat cycleLength = 2 * (adv + flatLengthAtVertex);
|
|
|
|
rect = ExpandPaintingRectForDecorationLine(aFrame, aStyle, rect,
|
|
|
|
aXInFrame, cycleLength);
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
// figure out if we can trim whole cycles from the left and right edges
|
|
|
|
// of the line, to try and avoid creating an unnecessarily long and
|
|
|
|
// complex path
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t skipCycles = floor((aDirtyRect.x - rect.x) / cycleLength);
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (skipCycles > 0) {
|
|
|
|
rect.x += skipCycles * cycleLength;
|
|
|
|
rect.width -= skipCycles * cycleLength;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
rect.x += lineHeight / 2.0;
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxPoint pt(rect.TopLeft());
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat rightMost = pt.x + rect.Width() + lineHeight;
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
skipCycles = floor((rightMost - aDirtyRect.XMost()) / cycleLength);
|
|
|
|
if (skipCycles > 0) {
|
|
|
|
rightMost -= skipCycles * cycleLength;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->NewPath();
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pt.x -= lineHeight;
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->MoveTo(pt); // 1
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
pt.x = rect.X();
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(pt); // 2
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool goDown = true;
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t iter = 0;
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
while (pt.x < rightMost) {
|
2011-09-16 19:23:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if (++iter > 1000) {
|
|
|
|
// stroke the current path and start again, to avoid pathological
|
|
|
|
// behavior in cairo with huge numbers of path segments
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Stroke();
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->NewPath();
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->MoveTo(pt);
|
|
|
|
iter = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
pt.x += adv;
|
|
|
|
pt.y += goDown ? adv : -adv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(pt); // 3 and 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pt.x += flatLengthAtVertex;
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->LineTo(pt); // 4 and 6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
goDown = !goDown;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Stroke();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Invalid style value!");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-10 22:10:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (contextIsSaved) {
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Restore();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetPattern(oldPattern);
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->SetLineWidth(oldLineWidth);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-06 08:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-08 11:37:11 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::DecorationLineToPath(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
|
|
gfxContext* aGfxContext,
|
|
|
|
const gfxRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
|
|
const nscolor aColor,
|
|
|
|
const gfxPoint& aPt,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aXInFrame,
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aLineSize,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aAscent,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aOffset,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const uint8_t aDecoration,
|
|
|
|
const uint8_t aStyle,
|
2012-08-08 11:37:11 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aDescentLimit)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aStyle != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_NONE, "aStyle is none");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->NewPath();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxRect rect =
|
|
|
|
GetTextDecorationRectInternal(aPt, aLineSize, aAscent, aOffset,
|
|
|
|
aDecoration, aStyle, aDescentLimit);
|
|
|
|
if (rect.IsEmpty() || !rect.Intersects(aDirtyRect)) {
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aDecoration != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE &&
|
|
|
|
aDecoration != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE &&
|
|
|
|
aDecoration != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH) {
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Invalid decoration value!");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aStyle != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID) {
|
|
|
|
// For the moment, we support only solid text decorations.
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat lineHeight = NS_MAX(NS_round(aLineSize.height), 1.0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The y position should be set to the middle of the line.
|
|
|
|
rect.y += lineHeight / 2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aGfxContext->Rectangle
|
|
|
|
(gfxRect(gfxPoint(rect.TopLeft() - gfxPoint(0.0, lineHeight / 2)),
|
|
|
|
gfxSize(rect.Width(), lineHeight)));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::GetTextDecorationRect(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aLineSize,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aAscent,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aOffset,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const uint8_t aDecoration,
|
|
|
|
const uint8_t aStyle,
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aDescentLimit)
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aPresContext, "aPresContext is null");
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aStyle != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_NONE, "aStyle is none");
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxRect rect =
|
|
|
|
GetTextDecorationRectInternal(gfxPoint(0, 0), aLineSize, aAscent, aOffset,
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
aDecoration, aStyle, aDescentLimit);
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
// The rect values are already rounded to nearest device pixels.
|
|
|
|
nsRect r;
|
|
|
|
r.x = aPresContext->GfxUnitsToAppUnits(rect.X());
|
|
|
|
r.y = aPresContext->GfxUnitsToAppUnits(rect.Y());
|
|
|
|
r.width = aPresContext->GfxUnitsToAppUnits(rect.Width());
|
|
|
|
r.height = aPresContext->GfxUnitsToAppUnits(rect.Height());
|
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::GetTextDecorationRectInternal(const gfxPoint& aPt,
|
|
|
|
const gfxSize& aLineSize,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aAscent,
|
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aOffset,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
const uint8_t aDecoration,
|
|
|
|
const uint8_t aStyle,
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxFloat aDescentLimit)
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aStyle <= NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_WAVY,
|
|
|
|
"Invalid aStyle value");
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aStyle == NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_NONE)
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return gfxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool canLiftUnderline = aDescentLimit >= 0.0;
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-30 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxFloat left = floor(aPt.x + 0.5),
|
|
|
|
right = floor(aPt.x + aLineSize.width + 0.5);
|
2011-08-03 18:30:58 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect r(left, 0, right - left, 0);
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat lineHeight = NS_round(aLineSize.height);
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
lineHeight = NS_MAX(lineHeight, 1.0);
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat ascent = NS_round(aAscent);
|
2011-05-30 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat descentLimit = floor(aDescentLimit);
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat suggestedMaxRectHeight = NS_MAX(NS_MIN(ascent, descentLimit), 1.0);
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
r.height = lineHeight;
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aStyle == NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_DOUBLE) {
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* We will draw double line as:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* +-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| ^
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| | lineHeight
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| v
|
|
|
|
* | | ^
|
|
|
|
* | | | gap
|
|
|
|
* | | v
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| ^
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| | lineHeight
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX| v
|
|
|
|
* +-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat gap = NS_round(lineHeight / 2.0);
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
gap = NS_MAX(gap, 1.0);
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
r.height = lineHeight * 2.0 + gap;
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (canLiftUnderline) {
|
|
|
|
if (r.Height() > suggestedMaxRectHeight) {
|
|
|
|
// Don't shrink the line height, because the thickness has some meaning.
|
|
|
|
// We can just shrink the gap at this time.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
r.height = NS_MAX(suggestedMaxRectHeight, lineHeight * 2.0 + 1.0);
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-31 12:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (aStyle == NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_WAVY) {
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* We will draw wavy line as:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* +-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX | ^
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX | | lineHeight
|
|
|
|
* |XXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX| v
|
|
|
|
* | XXX XXX XXX XXX XX|
|
|
|
|
* | XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX X|
|
|
|
|
* | XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
* | XXXXXX XXXXXX |
|
|
|
|
* +-------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
r.height = lineHeight > 2.0 ? lineHeight * 4.0 : lineHeight * 3.0;
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (canLiftUnderline) {
|
|
|
|
if (r.Height() > suggestedMaxRectHeight) {
|
|
|
|
// Don't shrink the line height even if there is not enough space,
|
|
|
|
// because the thickness has some meaning. E.g., the 1px wavy line and
|
|
|
|
// 2px wavy line can be used for different meaning in IME selections
|
|
|
|
// at same time.
|
2011-04-19 03:07:21 +00:00
|
|
|
r.height = NS_MAX(suggestedMaxRectHeight, lineHeight * 2.0);
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-30 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat baseline = floor(aPt.y + aAscent + 0.5);
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat offset = 0.0;
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (aDecoration) {
|
2011-04-23 05:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE:
|
2009-06-30 16:52:16 +00:00
|
|
|
offset = aOffset;
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (canLiftUnderline) {
|
|
|
|
if (descentLimit < -offset + r.Height()) {
|
|
|
|
// If we can ignore the offset and the decoration line is overflowing,
|
|
|
|
// we should align the bottom edge of the decoration line rect if it's
|
|
|
|
// possible. Otherwise, we should lift up the top edge of the rect as
|
|
|
|
// far as possible.
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat offsetBottomAligned = -descentLimit + r.Height();
|
2009-06-30 16:52:16 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat offsetTopAligned = 0.0;
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
offset = NS_MIN(offsetBottomAligned, offsetTopAligned);
|
2009-04-06 05:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-04-23 05:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE:
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
offset = aOffset - lineHeight + r.Height();
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-04-23 05:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH: {
|
2011-05-30 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat extra = floor(r.Height() / 2.0 + 0.5);
|
2009-09-16 15:01:36 +00:00
|
|
|
extra = NS_MAX(extra, lineHeight);
|
2009-04-03 07:26:28 +00:00
|
|
|
offset = aOffset - lineHeight + extra;
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("Invalid decoration value!");
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-30 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
r.y = baseline - floor(offset + 0.5);
|
2008-02-16 15:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// ------------------
|
|
|
|
// ImageRenderer
|
|
|
|
// ------------------
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::nsImageRenderer(nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleImage* aImage,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
: mForFrame(aForFrame)
|
|
|
|
, mImage(aImage)
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
, mType(aImage->GetType())
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
, mImageContainer(nullptr)
|
|
|
|
, mGradientData(nullptr)
|
|
|
|
, mPaintServerFrame(nullptr)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
, mIsReady(false)
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
, mSize(0, 0)
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
, mFlags(aFlags)
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::~nsImageRenderer()
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::PrepareImage()
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mImage->IsEmpty() || !mImage->IsComplete()) {
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Make sure the image is actually decoding
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
mImage->RequestDecode();
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// We can not prepare the image for rendering if it is not fully loaded.
|
2010-04-27 16:15:01 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Special case: If we requested a sync decode and we have an image, push
|
|
|
|
// on through
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> img;
|
|
|
|
if (!((mFlags & FLAG_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES) &&
|
|
|
|
(mType == eStyleImageType_Image) &&
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
(NS_SUCCEEDED(mImage->GetImageData()->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(img))) && img)))
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Image:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> srcImage;
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
mImage->GetImageData()->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(srcImage));
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(srcImage, "If srcImage is null, mImage->IsComplete() "
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
"should have returned false");
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!mImage->GetCropRect()) {
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
mImageContainer.swap(srcImage);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect actualCropRect;
|
2011-09-29 06:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool isEntireImage;
|
|
|
|
bool success =
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
mImage->ComputeActualCropRect(actualCropRect, &isEntireImage);
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(success, "ComputeActualCropRect() should not fail here");
|
|
|
|
if (!success || actualCropRect.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
// The cropped image has zero size
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isEntireImage) {
|
|
|
|
// The cropped image is identical to the source image
|
|
|
|
mImageContainer.swap(srcImage);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> subImage;
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aExtractFlags = (mFlags & FLAG_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES)
|
|
|
|
? (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE
|
|
|
|
: (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FLAG_NONE;
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
nsresult rv = srcImage->ExtractFrame(imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT,
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
actualCropRect, aExtractFlags,
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
getter_AddRefs(subImage));
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
|
|
NS_WARNING("The cropped image contains no pixels to draw; "
|
|
|
|
"maybe the crop rect is outside the image frame rect");
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mImageContainer.swap(subImage);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
mIsReady = true;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Gradient:
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
mGradientData = mImage->GetGradientData();
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
mIsReady = true;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Element:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString elementId =
|
2010-08-05 21:30:19 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_LITERAL_STRING("#") + nsDependentString(mImage->GetElementId());
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> targetURI;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> base = mForFrame->GetContent()->GetBaseURI();
|
|
|
|
nsContentUtils::NewURIWithDocumentCharset(getter_AddRefs(targetURI), elementId,
|
|
|
|
mForFrame->GetContent()->GetCurrentDoc(), base);
|
|
|
|
nsSVGPaintingProperty* property = nsSVGEffects::GetPaintingPropertyForURI(
|
|
|
|
targetURI, mForFrame->GetFirstContinuation(),
|
|
|
|
nsSVGEffects::BackgroundImageProperty());
|
|
|
|
if (!property)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
mPaintServerFrame = property->GetReferencedFrame();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the referenced element doesn't have a frame we might still be able
|
|
|
|
// to paint it if it's an <img>, <canvas>, or <video> element.
|
|
|
|
if (!mPaintServerFrame) {
|
2011-12-03 21:50:16 +00:00
|
|
|
mImageElementSurface =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(property->GetReferencedElement());
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!mImageElementSurface.mSurface)
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-10-17 14:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
mIsReady = true;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Null:
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return mIsReady;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
enum FitType { CONTAIN, COVER };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static nsSize
|
|
|
|
ComputeContainCoverSizeFromRatio(const nsSize& aBgPositioningArea,
|
|
|
|
const nsSize& aRatio, FitType fitType)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aRatio.width > 0, "width division by zero");
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aRatio.height > 0, "height division by zero");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
float scaleX = double(aBgPositioningArea.width) / aRatio.width;
|
|
|
|
float scaleY = double(aBgPositioningArea.height) / aRatio.height;
|
|
|
|
nsSize size;
|
|
|
|
if ((fitType == CONTAIN) == (scaleX < scaleY)) {
|
|
|
|
size.width = aBgPositioningArea.width;
|
|
|
|
size.height = NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(aRatio.height, scaleX);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
size.width = NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(aRatio.width, scaleY);
|
|
|
|
size.height = aBgPositioningArea.height;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::ComputeUnscaledDimensions(const nsSize& aBgPositioningArea,
|
|
|
|
nscoord& aUnscaledWidth, bool& aHaveWidth,
|
|
|
|
nscoord& aUnscaledHeight, bool& aHaveHeight,
|
|
|
|
nsSize& aRatio)
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mIsReady, "Ensure PrepareImage() has returned true "
|
|
|
|
"before calling me");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Image:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsIntSize imageIntSize;
|
2010-09-08 20:40:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeForDrawing(mImageContainer, imageIntSize,
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
aRatio, aHaveWidth, aHaveHeight);
|
|
|
|
if (aHaveWidth) {
|
|
|
|
aUnscaledWidth = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(imageIntSize.width);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aHaveHeight) {
|
|
|
|
aUnscaledHeight = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(imageIntSize.height);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Gradient:
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// Per <http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-images/#gradients>, gradients have no
|
|
|
|
// intrinsic dimensions.
|
|
|
|
aHaveWidth = aHaveHeight = false;
|
|
|
|
aRatio = nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Element:
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// XXX element() should have the width/height of the referenced element,
|
|
|
|
// and that element's ratio, if it matches. If it doesn't match, it
|
|
|
|
// should have no width/height or ratio. See element() in CSS3:
|
|
|
|
// <http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-images/#element-reference>.
|
|
|
|
// Make sure to change nsStyleBackground::Size::DependsOnFrameSize
|
|
|
|
// when fixing this!
|
|
|
|
aHaveWidth = aHaveHeight = true;
|
|
|
|
nsSize size;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mPaintServerFrame) {
|
|
|
|
if (mPaintServerFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eSVG)) {
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
size = aBgPositioningArea;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// The intrinsic image size for a generic nsIFrame paint server is
|
2012-06-19 15:28:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// the union of the border-box rects of all of its continuations,
|
|
|
|
// rounded to device pixels.
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel =
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
mForFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
2012-06-19 15:28:04 +00:00
|
|
|
size =
|
|
|
|
nsSVGIntegrationUtils::GetContinuationUnionSize(mPaintServerFrame).
|
|
|
|
ToNearestPixels(appUnitsPerDevPixel).
|
|
|
|
ToAppUnits(appUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mImageElementSurface.mSurface, "Surface should be ready.");
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxIntSize surfaceSize = mImageElementSurface.mSize;
|
|
|
|
size.width = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(surfaceSize.width);
|
|
|
|
size.height = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(surfaceSize.height);
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
aRatio = size;
|
|
|
|
aUnscaledWidth = size.width;
|
|
|
|
aUnscaledHeight = size.height;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Null:
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
aHaveWidth = aHaveHeight = true;
|
|
|
|
aUnscaledWidth = aUnscaledHeight = 0;
|
|
|
|
aRatio = nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::ComputeDrawnSize(const nsStyleBackground::Size& aLayerSize,
|
|
|
|
const nsSize& aBgPositioningArea,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aUnscaledWidth, bool aHaveWidth,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aUnscaledHeight, bool aHaveHeight,
|
|
|
|
const nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio)
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aIntrinsicRatio.width >= 0,
|
|
|
|
"image ratio with nonsense width");
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aIntrinsicRatio.height >= 0,
|
|
|
|
"image ratio with nonsense height");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Bail early if the image is empty.
|
|
|
|
if ((aHaveWidth && aUnscaledWidth <= 0) ||
|
|
|
|
(aHaveHeight && aUnscaledHeight <= 0)) {
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the image has an intrinsic ratio but either component of it is zero,
|
|
|
|
// then the image would eventually scale to nothingness, so again we can bail.
|
|
|
|
bool haveRatio = aIntrinsicRatio != nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (haveRatio &&
|
|
|
|
(aIntrinsicRatio.width == 0 || aIntrinsicRatio.height == 0)) {
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(0, 0);
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
// Easiest case: background-size completely specifies the size.
|
|
|
|
if (aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eLengthPercentage &&
|
|
|
|
aLayerSize.mHeightType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eLengthPercentage) {
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(aLayerSize.ResolveWidthLengthPercentage(aBgPositioningArea),
|
|
|
|
aLayerSize.ResolveHeightLengthPercentage(aBgPositioningArea));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The harder cases: contain/cover.
|
|
|
|
if (aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eContain ||
|
|
|
|
aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eCover) {
|
|
|
|
FitType fitType = aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eCover
|
|
|
|
? COVER
|
|
|
|
: CONTAIN;
|
|
|
|
if (!haveRatio) {
|
|
|
|
// If we don't have an intrinsic ratio, then proportionally scaling to
|
|
|
|
// either largest-fitting or smallest-covering size means scaling to the
|
|
|
|
// background positioning area's size.
|
|
|
|
return aBgPositioningArea;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ComputeContainCoverSizeFromRatio(aBgPositioningArea, aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|
|
|
fitType);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Harder case: all-auto.
|
|
|
|
if (aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto &&
|
|
|
|
aLayerSize.mHeightType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto) {
|
|
|
|
// If the image has all its dimensions, we're done.
|
|
|
|
if (aHaveWidth && aHaveHeight)
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(aUnscaledWidth, aUnscaledHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the image has no dimensions, treat it as if for contain.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHaveWidth && !aHaveHeight) {
|
|
|
|
if (!haveRatio) {
|
|
|
|
// As above, max-contain without a ratio means the whole area.
|
|
|
|
return aBgPositioningArea;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise determine size using the intrinsic ratio.
|
|
|
|
return ComputeContainCoverSizeFromRatio(aBgPositioningArea,
|
|
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio, CONTAIN);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aHaveWidth != aHaveHeight, "logic error");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (haveRatio) {
|
|
|
|
// Resolve missing dimensions using the intrinsic ratio.
|
|
|
|
nsSize size;
|
|
|
|
if (aHaveWidth) {
|
|
|
|
size.width = aUnscaledWidth;
|
|
|
|
size.height =
|
|
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(size.width,
|
|
|
|
double(aIntrinsicRatio.height) /
|
|
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio.width);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
size.height = aUnscaledHeight;
|
|
|
|
size.width =
|
|
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(size.height,
|
|
|
|
double(aIntrinsicRatio.width) /
|
|
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio.height);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Without a ratio we must fall back to the relevant dimension of the
|
|
|
|
// area to determine the missing dimension.
|
|
|
|
return aHaveWidth ? nsSize(aUnscaledWidth, aBgPositioningArea.height)
|
|
|
|
: nsSize(aBgPositioningArea.width, aUnscaledHeight);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Hardest case: only one auto. Prepare to negotiate amongst intrinsic
|
|
|
|
// dimensions, intrinsic ratio, *and* a specific background-size!
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto) !=
|
|
|
|
(aLayerSize.mHeightType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto),
|
|
|
|
"logic error");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool isAutoWidth = aLayerSize.mWidthType == nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (haveRatio) {
|
|
|
|
// Use the specified dimension, and compute the other from the ratio.
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aIntrinsicRatio.width > 0,
|
|
|
|
"ratio width out of sync with width?");
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aIntrinsicRatio.height > 0,
|
|
|
|
"ratio height out of sync with width?");
|
|
|
|
nsSize size;
|
|
|
|
if (isAutoWidth) {
|
|
|
|
size.height = aLayerSize.ResolveHeightLengthPercentage(aBgPositioningArea);
|
|
|
|
size.width =
|
|
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(size.height,
|
|
|
|
double(aIntrinsicRatio.width) /
|
|
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio.height);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
size.width = aLayerSize.ResolveWidthLengthPercentage(aBgPositioningArea);
|
|
|
|
size.height =
|
|
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(size.width,
|
|
|
|
double(aIntrinsicRatio.height) /
|
|
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio.width);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!(aHaveWidth && aHaveHeight),
|
|
|
|
"if we have width and height, we must have had a ratio");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We have a specified dimension and an auto dimension, with no ratio to
|
|
|
|
// preserve. A specified dimension trumps all, so use that. For the other
|
|
|
|
// dimension, resolve auto to the intrinsic dimension (if present) or to 100%.
|
|
|
|
nsSize size;
|
|
|
|
if (isAutoWidth) {
|
|
|
|
size.width = aHaveWidth ? aUnscaledWidth : aBgPositioningArea.width;
|
|
|
|
size.height = aLayerSize.ResolveHeightLengthPercentage(aBgPositioningArea);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
size.width = aLayerSize.ResolveWidthLengthPercentage(aBgPositioningArea);
|
|
|
|
size.height = aHaveHeight ? aUnscaledHeight : aBgPositioningArea.height;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The size returned by this method differs from the value of mSize, which this
|
|
|
|
* method also computes, in that mSize is the image's "preferred" size for this
|
|
|
|
* particular rendering, while the size returned here is the actual rendered
|
|
|
|
* size after accounting for background-size. The preferred size is most often
|
|
|
|
* the image's intrinsic dimensions. But for images with incomplete intrinsic
|
|
|
|
* dimensions, the preferred size varies, depending on the background
|
|
|
|
* positioning area, the specified background-size, and the intrinsic ratio and
|
|
|
|
* dimensions of the image (if it has them).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This distinction is necessary because the components of a vector image are
|
|
|
|
* specified with respect to its preferred size for a rendering situation, not
|
|
|
|
* to its actual rendered size after background-size is applied. For example,
|
|
|
|
* consider a 4px wide vector image with no height which contains a left-aligned
|
|
|
|
* 2px wide black rectangle with height 100%. If the background-size width is
|
|
|
|
* auto (or 4px), the vector image will render 4px wide, and the black rectangle
|
|
|
|
* will be 2px wide. If the background-size width is 8px, the vector image will
|
|
|
|
* render 8px wide, and the black rectangle will be 4px wide -- *not* 2px wide.
|
|
|
|
* In both cases mSize.width will be 4px; but in the first case the returned
|
|
|
|
* width will be 4px, while in the second case the returned width will be 8px.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::ComputeSize(const nsStyleBackground::Size& aLayerSize,
|
|
|
|
const nsSize& aBgPositioningArea)
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool haveWidth, haveHeight;
|
|
|
|
nsSize ratio;
|
|
|
|
nscoord unscaledWidth, unscaledHeight;
|
|
|
|
ComputeUnscaledDimensions(aBgPositioningArea,
|
|
|
|
unscaledWidth, haveWidth,
|
|
|
|
unscaledHeight, haveHeight,
|
|
|
|
ratio);
|
|
|
|
nsSize drawnSize = ComputeDrawnSize(aLayerSize, aBgPositioningArea,
|
|
|
|
unscaledWidth, haveWidth,
|
|
|
|
unscaledHeight, haveHeight,
|
|
|
|
ratio);
|
|
|
|
mSize.width = haveWidth ? unscaledWidth : drawnSize.width;
|
|
|
|
mSize.height = haveHeight ? unscaledHeight : drawnSize.height;
|
|
|
|
return drawnSize;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::Draw(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty)
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (!mIsReady) {
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Ensure PrepareImage() has returned true before calling me");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aDest.IsEmpty() || aFill.IsEmpty() ||
|
|
|
|
mSize.width <= 0 || mSize.height <= 0)
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxPattern::GraphicsFilter graphicsFilter =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetGraphicsFilterForFrame(mForFrame);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (mType) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Image:
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t drawFlags = (mFlags & FLAG_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES)
|
|
|
|
? (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE
|
|
|
|
: (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FLAG_NONE;
|
2011-01-13 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawBackgroundImage(&aRenderingContext, mImageContainer,
|
|
|
|
nsIntSize(nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(mSize.width),
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(mSize.height)),
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
graphicsFilter,
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
aDest, aFill, aAnchor, aDirty, drawFlags);
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-09-12 22:44:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Gradient:
|
|
|
|
nsCSSRendering::PaintGradient(aPresContext, aRenderingContext,
|
2009-11-02 19:36:43 +00:00
|
|
|
mGradientData, aDirty, aDest, aFill);
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-08-13 13:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Element:
|
|
|
|
if (mPaintServerFrame) {
|
|
|
|
nsSVGIntegrationUtils::DrawPaintServer(
|
|
|
|
&aRenderingContext, mForFrame, mPaintServerFrame, graphicsFilter,
|
|
|
|
aDest, aFill, aAnchor, aDirty, mSize);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mImageElementSurface.mSurface, "Surface should be ready.");
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<gfxDrawable> surfaceDrawable =
|
|
|
|
new gfxSurfaceDrawable(mImageElementSurface.mSurface,
|
|
|
|
mImageElementSurface.mSize);
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawPixelSnapped(
|
|
|
|
&aRenderingContext, surfaceDrawable, graphicsFilter,
|
|
|
|
aDest, aFill, aAnchor, aDirty);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-08-21 20:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
case eStyleImageType_Null:
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::IsRasterImage()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (mType != eStyleImageType_Image)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> img;
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = mImage->GetImageData()->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(img));
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !img)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
return img->GetType() == imgIContainer::TYPE_RASTER;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<mozilla::layers::ImageContainer>
|
|
|
|
nsImageRenderer::GetContainer()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-06-11 00:31:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mType != eStyleImageType_Image)
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> img;
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = mImage->GetImageData()->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(img));
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !img)
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<ImageContainer> container;
|
|
|
|
rv = img->GetImageContainer(getter_AddRefs(container));
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
|
2012-05-03 20:11:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return container.forget();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-15 04:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
#define MAX_BLUR_RADIUS 300
|
2010-08-23 09:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
#define MAX_SPREAD_RADIUS 50
|
2010-03-15 04:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline gfxIntSize
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ComputeBlurRadius(nscoord aBlurRadius, int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel, gfxFloat aScaleX = 1.0, gfxFloat aScaleY = 1.0)
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-background/#box-shadow says that the
|
|
|
|
// standard deviation of the blur should be half the given blur value.
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat blurStdDev = gfxFloat(aBlurRadius) / gfxFloat(aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxPoint scaledBlurStdDev = gfxPoint(NS_MIN((blurStdDev * aScaleX),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(MAX_BLUR_RADIUS)) / 2.0,
|
|
|
|
NS_MIN((blurStdDev * aScaleY),
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat(MAX_BLUR_RADIUS)) / 2.0);
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
return
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxAlphaBoxBlur::CalculateBlurRadius(scaledBlurStdDev);
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
// -----
|
|
|
|
// nsContextBoxBlur
|
|
|
|
// -----
|
|
|
|
gfxContext*
|
2010-08-23 09:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::Init(const nsRect& aRect, nscoord aSpreadRadius,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aBlurRadius,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
2008-12-02 21:16:22 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContext* aDestinationCtx,
|
2010-04-18 03:13:10 +00:00
|
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
2010-08-23 09:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
const gfxRect* aSkipRect,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-01-06 18:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (aRect.IsEmpty()) {
|
2012-07-30 14:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
mContext = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
2010-01-06 18:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxFloat scaleX = 1;
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat scaleY = 1;
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-31 22:22:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// Do blurs in device space when possible.
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// Chrome/Skia always does the blurs in device space
|
|
|
|
// and will sometimes get incorrect results (e.g. rotated blurs)
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix transform = aDestinationCtx->CurrentMatrix();
|
2012-05-31 22:22:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// XXX: we could probably handle negative scales but for now it's easier just to fallback
|
|
|
|
if (transform.HasNonAxisAlignedTransform() || transform.xx <= 0.0 || transform.yy <= 0.0) {
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
transform = gfxMatrix();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
scaleX = transform.xx;
|
|
|
|
scaleY = transform.yy;
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// compute a large or smaller blur radius
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxIntSize blurRadius = ComputeBlurRadius(aBlurRadius, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel, scaleX, scaleY);
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxIntSize spreadRadius = gfxIntSize(NS_MIN(int32_t(aSpreadRadius * scaleX / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
|
|
int32_t(MAX_SPREAD_RADIUS)),
|
|
|
|
NS_MIN(int32_t(aSpreadRadius * scaleY / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
|
|
int32_t(MAX_SPREAD_RADIUS)));
|
2009-09-18 18:18:35 +00:00
|
|
|
mDestinationCtx = aDestinationCtx;
|
2009-09-04 13:32:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-06 18:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
// If not blurring, draw directly onto the destination device
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blurRadius.width <= 0 && blurRadius.height <= 0 &&
|
|
|
|
spreadRadius.width <= 0 && spreadRadius.height <= 0 &&
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
!(aFlags & FORCE_MASK)) {
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
mContext = aDestinationCtx;
|
|
|
|
return mContext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Convert from app units to device pixels
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect rect = nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aRect, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-07 22:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxRect dirtyRect =
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aDirtyRect, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
2009-09-07 00:35:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dirtyRect.RoundOut();
|
2008-07-14 10:35:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
rect = transform.TransformBounds(rect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mPreTransformed = !transform.IsIdentity();
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-06 18:54:36 +00:00
|
|
|
// Create the temporary surface for blurring
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
dirtyRect = transform.TransformBounds(dirtyRect);
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipRect) {
|
|
|
|
gfxRect skipRect = transform.TransformBounds(*aSkipRect);
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
mContext = blur.Init(rect, spreadRadius,
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
blurRadius, &dirtyRect, &skipRect);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2012-05-22 15:32:08 +00:00
|
|
|
mContext = blur.Init(rect, spreadRadius,
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
blurRadius, &dirtyRect, NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mContext) {
|
|
|
|
// we don't need to blur if skipRect is equal to rect
|
|
|
|
// and mContext will be NULL
|
|
|
|
mContext->SetMatrix(transform);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
return mContext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::DoPaint()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-09-25 19:53:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mContext == mDestinationCtx)
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-16 20:45:25 +00:00
|
|
|
gfxContextMatrixAutoSaveRestore saveMatrix(mDestinationCtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mPreTransformed) {
|
|
|
|
mDestinationCtx->IdentityMatrix();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-25 19:53:09 +00:00
|
|
|
blur.Paint(mDestinationCtx);
|
2008-06-12 22:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gfxContext*
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetContext()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return mContext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-02 21:16:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
/* static */ nsMargin
|
|
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(nscoord aBlurRadius,
|
2012-08-22 15:56:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel)
|
2010-09-11 16:27:12 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gfxIntSize blurRadius = ComputeBlurRadius(aBlurRadius, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsMargin result;
|
|
|
|
result.top = blurRadius.height * aAppUnitsPerDevPixel;
|
|
|
|
result.right = blurRadius.width * aAppUnitsPerDevPixel;
|
|
|
|
result.bottom = blurRadius.height * aAppUnitsPerDevPixel;
|
|
|
|
result.left = blurRadius.width * aAppUnitsPerDevPixel;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|